\!kiiiHiiiUUiiiiiUaiiiiUiiiliiHUiiiULiiiiL 


UC-NRLF 


GINN&COMPMY 
PUBUSHERS 


:?jMttntf»!Hmftn»!)!»?)tf*  ^  tTm^nTfrM' 


C^^  ^nixannl  '^ubU   €antBL 


THE 


NEW  THIRD  MUSIC  READER, 


I 


BASED  LARGELY  UPON  C.  H.  HOHMANN, 

SHOWING  THE  HARMONIC  RELATION  OF  SOUNDS. 


WITH  TWO-PART  AND  THREE-PART  EXERCISES  AND  SONGS,  AND 
DIRECTIONS  TO  TEACHERS. 


BY 

LUTHER  WHITING  MASON, 

FORMERLY    SUPERVISOR   OF   MUSIC   IN   THE   PUBLIC   SCHOOLS   OF  BOSTON,  AND 
RECENTLY  DIRECTOR  OF  MUSIC  FOR  THE  EMPIRE  OF  JAPAN. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED   BY  GINN  &  COMPANY. 

1891. 


iiJ2UfiATI0N  DEPT, 


Copyright,  1886,  by  Luther  Whiting  Mason. 


Electrotyped  by  J.  F.  Loughlin,  20  Hawley  Street,  Boston. 


Presswork  by  Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston,  U.S.A. 


/ 


PREFACE 


Up  to  this  stage  the  pupils  have  acquired  the  ability  to  read  easy  two-part 
music  in  nine  different  keys  in  the  Major  Scale,  from  their  knowledge  of 
(1)  the  Scale,  represented  by  notes  upon  the  staff,  and  (2)  the  relative  length 
of  sounds  in  a  measure,  by  the  difference  in  the  shape  of  the  notes. 

In  addition  to  this,  the  pupils  are  now  led  to  regard  the  single  sound  as  a 
member  of  a  harmonic  combination.  For  this  object  the  most  important  har- 
monies are  presented  to  them  in  the  usual  keys,  and  they  are  made  to  see  how, 
through  the  combination  of  any  two  sounds,  two-part  song  is  developed,  and 
by  degrees  become  conscious  of  the  harmonies  which  form  the  groundwork  of 
two-part  singing. 

The  exercises  by  Dr.  Hullah  will  be  found  useful  at  this  stage,  and  in 
connection  with  them,  the  author  believes,  the  diagrams  may  be  of  use  to  the 
majority  of  the  pupils.  Yet  if  any  teacher  ^inks  the  diagrams  illustrating  the 
intervals  useless  to  her  or  her  pupils,  she  may  omit  them. 

The  exercises  on  the  triads  and  chord  of  the  seventh,  together  with  the 
songs  illustrating  them,  are  chiefly  from  C.  H.  Hohmann.  The  author  secured 
the  original  of  "  Hohmann's  Practical  Course  of  Instruction  in  Singing, 
PREPARED  ON  ScHOOL  PRINCIPLES,"  in  four  books,  and  had  it  translated  and 
published.  This  excellent  course  has  been  the  basis  of  all  his  Music  Charts 
and  Music  Readers  heretofore.  The  New  National  Music  Course  will 
more  strictly  follow  Hohmann's  Course,  and  on  that  account  will  be  more 
complete  and  useful. 

What  is  attempted  here  in  presenting  the  harmonic  relation  of  sounds  does 
not  include  the  scientific  study  of  harmony  nor  of  thorough-base.  All  that  is 
expected  to  be  accomplished  in  this  direction  is  to  "  spell "  the  sounds  as  to 
their  harmonic  relations.  This  is  the  first  step  towards  acquiring  the  art  of 
listening  to  another  part  while  singing  our  own  —  an  art  which  may  be  culti- 
vated only  by  degrees.  Hence  the  importance  of  commencing  early  to  direct 
the  attention  of  pupils  to  this  matter. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  attention  given  to  the  practice  of  the  minor  scales,  and 
music  in  that  "  mode,"  will  be  approved  by  musicians. 

I  desire  to  acknowledge  my  special  obligation  to  Mrs.  Adelia  L.  Loughlin, 
of  Hyde  Park,  Mass.,  for  her  excellent  translations  (designated  by  a  -f-),  from 
the  French  and  the  German. 

m±8Z7i 


CONTENTS 


Theory  and  Exercises. 


PAGE 

The  Scale 1 

The  Term  Degree 1 

Staff  Intervals 2 

Seconds — Major  and  Minor ...  3 

Thirds — Major  and  Minor  ...  4 

Fourths — Perfect  and  Augmented  6 

Fifths — Perfect  and  Diminished  .  8 

Sixths — Major  and  Minor    ...  10 

Sevenths — Major  and  Minor    .     .  12 

Inversion  of  Intervals 13 

Triads  of  the  Major  Scale    ...  14 

Inversion  of  Triads 15 

Chords  of  the  Seventh     ....  17 
Practical   Exercises    and     Songs 

upon  the  Triads 18 

Passing-Notes — Unaccented     .     .  24 

Appoggiatura — Accented     ...  28 

Tetrachords 30 

Minor  Scales 32 

Key  of  G  Major 35 

E  Minor 39 

D  Major 40 

B  Minor 43 

A  Major 44 

F-sharp  Minor 47 

F  Major 48 

D  Minor 50 


B-flat  Major 51 

G  Minor 53 

E-flat  Major 54 

C  Minor 57 

Modulation  in  C  Major    ....  58 

G  Major 60 

D  Major 64 

A  Major 66 

F  Major 69 

B-flat  Major 71 

E-flat  Major 73 

E  Major 73 

Melodies  in  C  Major 75 

A  Minor 76  and  85 

G  Major 78 

E  Minor 79 

D  Major  and  D-flat  Major   .    .  79 

KeyofD-flat 80 

A  Major 80 

A-flat  Major 81 

F  Minor 82 

F-sharp  Minor 82 

E  Major 83 

E-flat  Major        84 

F  Major 86 

B-flat  Major       87 

G  Minor 88 


Progressive  and  Miscellaneous  Songs. 


Absent  Friends 47 

Advice  to  a  Child 98 

Always  some  Good 70 

A  Song  of  Thanksgiving      .     .     .  104 
At  Evening 28 


Battle-Song 123 

Bunker  Hill 108 

Chill  Autumn's  Here 53 

Columbus 92 

Contentment 58 


Autumn  Song 34      Dancing-Song  in  May 126 


\T 


CONTENTS. 


Danish  Flag  Song 104 

Evening  Sun       36 

Evening  Thoughts 69 

Far  Away 59 

Farewell  to  Home 42 

Farewell  to  the  Woods    ....     74 

Farragut 96 

First  Day  of  May 68 

Fly,  Little  Bird 103 

German  Choral 56 

God  thy  Helper 56 

Have  ye  Faith  in  One  Another     .  110 

Home 91 

Hope      .     .    128,     Hosanna     .     .     21 

In  April 41 

Incitement  to  Sing 61 

In  the  Country 29 

Iron 62 

Jubilee  Song 114 

Loreley 65 

Love  of  Country 52 

Meet  Again 73 

Morning  Hymn  .......     74 

Morning  Praise .111 

Mountain  Song 27 

My  Country 67 

National  Song  of  Denmark  .     .     .  106 

Night  Song 93 

Now  Good-Night 37 

Of!  for  the  Sea  Shore 106 

Opening  Song 114 

On  the  Alps 102 

On  the  Mountain 49 

Our  Mother  Tongue 100 

Our  Native  Land 46 

People's  Song 122 

Pleasures  of  Evening 38 

Pleasures  of  Study 41 

Poor  Man's  Song 118 

Praise  ye  the  Lord 20 

Prayer 60 


PAGE 

Shepherd  Boy's  Song       ....  128 

Sheriff  Muir 120 

Shortness  of  Life 50 

Singer's  Wandering  Song  .  .  .124 
Solitude  of  the  Forest      ....    72 

Song  of  Praise 24 

Song  of  Truth 64 

Songs  Without  Words 75 

Springtime 116 

Spring  Wishes 63 

Summer  Stillness 119 

Sweet  Perfumed  Meadows  ...  97 
The  Alpine  Horn  at  Sunset      .     .  120 

The  Bugle  Horn 36 

The  Brook 100 

The  Butterfly  and  the  Child     .     .     99 

The  Dear  Old  Tree 92 

The  Forest  Concert 116 

The  Happy  Farmer 113 

The  Hero 112 

The  Hunt 124 

The  Hunter 130 

The  Innocent 55 

The  Jolly  Sailor 108 

The  Little  Church 26 

The  Miner  Dwells  in  GloomyNight  43 
The  Moon  (How  brightly,  etc.)  .  95 
The  Moon  (Lovely  Moon  !  etc.)    .     46 

The  Morning  Sun 72 

The  Mountain 66 

The  Quail 71 

There  is  a  Friend  Above  us      .     .     57 

The  Sabbath 23 

The  Seasons 45 

The  Summer  Leaves  are  Scatter'd     39 

The  Swallow 94 

The  Three  Delights 55 

The  Trout 127 

To  a  Butterfly 52 

Wandering  Song 49 

Winter 110 


NEW   THIl^D 


NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER 


BOOK  I.— TWO-PART  SONG. 


PART  I.-HARMONIO  RELATION  OF  SOUNDS. 


Diagram  of 

Scale. 


8 

% 

7 

b 

6 

a 

5 

g 

4 

f 

3 

e 

2 

d 

1 

c 

THE  SCALE. 

\.     There  are  eight  sounds  in  the  scale. 

2.  They  are  named  One,  Two,  Three,  Four,  Five,  Six, 
Seven,  Eight,  represented  by  the  figures  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8. 

3.  The  eight  sounds  differ  in  pitch. 

4.  By  pitch  is  meant  the  rising  and  falling  of  the  voice,  as 
in  singing,  step  by  step,  up  or  down  the  scale. 

5.  The  difference  in  pitch  between  two  sounds  of  the  scale, 
as  between  one  and  two,  two  and  three,  three  and  four,  etc. 
is  called  an  interval. 

6.  There  are  two  kinds  of  intervals  in  the  scale,  large 
and  small. 

7.  The  large  intervals  are  called  Tones. 

8.  The  small  intervals  are  called  Semitones.  \ 

9.  The  scale  is  a  measure,  and  is  used  to  measure  the 
difference  of  pitch  between  two  sounds,  as  a  yard-stick  is 
used  to  measure  cloth  and  the  like. 

THE    TERM    DEGREE. 

The  word  Degree,  as  used  in  this  book,  means  a  step,  or 
any  one  of  the  first  seven  sounds  of  the  scale,  and  not  the 
lines  and  spaces  of  the  staff. 

By  the  triad  on  the  first  degree,  is  meant  the  triad  of  One 
of  the  scale;  by  the  triad  on  the  fifth  degree,  that  which  is 
based  on  the  sound  Five  of  the  scale,  etc. 


KKW   TBLhI)   ITATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


Diagram  of 
Seconds. 


STAFF  Il,rERVALS. 

A  staif  interval  is  the  distance  of  one  note  from  another 
upon  the  staff. 


Prime. 


Second. 


Third. 


Fourth. 


$ 


f^m 


I 


Fifth. 


Sixth. 


Seventh. 


Octave. 


:sz 


E::^jz=^ 


In  naming  intervals,  we  count  from  any  given  sound  of  the 
scale  upwards,  (as  indicated  by  the  arrows  in  the  diagram), 
unless  otherwise  expressed. 

The  term  Major  means  greater,  and  Minor  means  less. 

We  must  remember  that  the  scale  is  a  measure,  and  is  to 
be  kept  in  mind  in  readiness  to  measure  any  interval  upon 
the  staff. 

The  Seconds  appear  upon  the  staff  thus ; 


P^ 


m 


P¥^ 


=^ 


We  see  by  looking  at  the  diagram  of  seconds,  that — 
The  second  from  the   1st  degree  is  a  Tone ; 

(I  a  a        ii       2d  "  "  " 

«  «  «  "  3d  " 

«  "  "  "  4th  " 

«  «  «  "  5th  " 

«  «  "  «  6th  " 

«  «  a  a  7th  " 

j  In  the  language  of  musicians,  a  second  which  contains  a 
tone  is  a  major  second.  A  second  which  contains  only  a 
semitone  is  a  minor  second. 

The  natural  scale  includes  five  major  and  two  minor 
seconds. 


Semitone; 
Tone; 


Semitone. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


SECONDS,    MAJOR    AND    MINOR. 
Major.  Major.         Minor.         Major.         Major.        Major.         Mi: 


W        \_JzZA.^^A:^=^^=b-=^\^^d 


EXERCISE    IN    SECONDS. 


1. 


fejThn^^^^^ 


From  "Time  and  Tune'^  by  John  Hullah. 
b.  ^ 


±=± 


^ 0- 


I 


d. 


s 


:q=i 


jtZJt 


3tf=±: 


^ — ^ 


12^ 


f^=^¥^-l^£=^^^^ 


^ 


lizzi* 


^=t 


ILZJT 


^ 0- 


^3=F 


To  THE  Teacher. — These  exercises  are  divided  into  sections  of  four  meas- 
ures each,  and  are  designated  in  their  order  by  letters.  They  are  also  separated 
by  quarter-rests,  and  are  complete  in  themselves  as  to  rhythm. 

To  require  a  class  to  go  through  with  all  the  exercises  in  full  chorus  would 
be  very  monotonous  and  uninteresting.  It  would  be  better  to  separate  the 
class  into  divisions,  first  two,  then  four,  six,  or  eight,  and  call  upon  them  in 
order,  and  out  of  order ;  always  giving  the  command  during  the  last  measure  of 
each  section.     This  will  keep  the  class  wide  awake. 

Take  breath  at  this  mark  (  '  )  and  at  rests. 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


Diagram  of  Thirds. 

5 

4 

A    5 

i 

:j5 

\ 

'^    I 

o 

7 

i 

J 

A 

i 

I 

VII 

n 

^ 

0 

i 

J 
J 

VI 

0 

; 

V 

^ 

J 

3 

i 

■^        1 

III 

2 

^ 

11 

1 

y*. 

I 

1 

THIRDS,    MAJOR    AND    MINOn. 

It  may  be  seen  by  the  diagram  of  thirds  that 
from  the  first,  fourth,  and  fifth  degrees,  the  arrow 
passes  through  two  tones ;  and  from  the  second, 
third,  sixth,  and  seventh  degrees,  the  arrow  in- 
cludes one  tone  and  one  semitone.  __ 

A  Major  Third  includes  two  tones^ 

A  Minor  Third  includes  one  tone  and  one  semi- 
tone. 

The  thirds  are  so  important,  that  they  are  indi- 
cated by  Roman  numerals  according  to  the  degrees 
from  which  they  are  reckoned,  the  major  thirds 
being  distinguished  by  larger-size  letters  than  the 
minor,  as  is  shown  in  the  diagram. 

The  thirds  appear  on  the  staif  thus : 


L=^j^.^ 


'^ 


IV 


I 


i=^=i=^-r^ 


VII 


I 


The  Roman  numerals,  as  they  will  appear  upon 
the  Charts  and  in  this  Music  Reader,  will  have 
reference  to  the  thirds,  and  to  no  other  interval. 

o  EXERCISE    IN    THIRDS. 


-^-^ 1 

1 1 — 1 

1 — \ M 

>L'  ^ 

, 

J 

rr^  /i      "1 

_l 

J      * 

IM4_J__J^ 

LJ=itd 

* 

&=J 


EEE4 


mi 


i 


-^-^-^ 


:i 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


••5 


3. 

a. 


From  "Time  and  Tune,"  by  John  Hullah. 
6. 


i 


m 


J    M  fj  J-H-^Lg 


0      '      4- 


ci. 


^gXgJ 


^ 


fcTT^TT^H 


^ 


A. 


;hj^-h-HT-H 


BdJ±EEg 


i- 


w^ r 1 1  r  M  I 


rj  r  I  f  r  I  r  I  r 


k. 


«$i 4 


t^— 1 \ T 


a- 


All. 


^J  4  '  ^  4  '^^ 


4. 


John  Hullah. 


i 


r!H=f^ 


Pi     I— M^f ' 


f=pn^ 


fc=t 


j=* 


I   I 


i 


I  I 


^i 


I  I  I  I ' 


-f—r 


m 


rprrrfii  j,  .'±f=f=Ff 


^^-J  t 


^ 


NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


Diagram  of  Fourths. 


>.A 


FOURTHS,  PERFECT  AND  AUGMENTED. 

Fourths,  for  reasons  which  will  appear  hereafter, 
are  not  called  major  and  minor,  but  Perfect  and 
Augmented. 

A  Perfect  Fourth  consists  of  two  tones  and  one 
semitone.  — ' 

The  Augmented  Fourth  embraces  three  tones, 
and  is  based  upon  the  fourth  degree  of  the  scale. 

The  fourths  appear  on  the  staff  thus : 

I — "    I    'i    I    ■':   \ 


i=^^  -  I   -■  I 


The  interval  of  a  fourth  that  will  require  the 
most  attention  is  the  augmented  fourth. 

The  following  Round  in  two  parts  will  be  found 
a  good  exercise  to  impress  this  upon  the  mind. 
I. 


I 


^ 


4=t 


I 


II. 


^ 


1^ 


I 


This  interval  is  sometimes  called  the  Tritone. 

"  The  augmented  fourth  is  rather  an  interval  of 
harmony  than  of  melody.  The  sounds  of  which 
it  is  formed  (the  4th  and  7th)  are  the  characteris- 
tic sounds  of  the  scale ;  and  those  by  which,  as  a 
rule,  it  is  immediately  followed  are  the  most  im- 
portant sounds  of  the  chord  of  the  tonic.  Let  us 
ascertain  this  practically. 


'Form  the  class  into  two  divisions. 
Sing  after  me  this  note. 


"  First  division  sing  Sol  Si,  and  sustain  Si ;  sec- 
d  division  sing  Sol  Fa,  and  sustain  Fa.    Then — 


ond 

"  First  division  pass  from 
Si  to  Do ;  second  division 
from  Fa  to  Mi." 


i 


-^- 


— [HULLAH. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  BONG. 


EXERCISES    IN    FOURTHS. 


From  "Time  and  Tune,"  by  John  Hullah. 
b.  ^ 


s 


3^-^JF 


^ 


-zr 


m 


T^— # 


iiiz^ 


-«$^ 


p 


^^ 


^/Tij  r-N-^^ 


-1^^ 


^^^ 


v^rf 


^^^ 


^ 


i^ 


PS 


^^-^ 


# 


^ 


i 


^ 


^ 


^=SE^ 


^ 


^^  J  I  '    J  I  ^"  ^ 


±=Ml 


^^ 


^-^ 


i 


^^ 


t==T=i= 


^^^^^P 


i 


Von  Maurer. 


I    I    J       I 


-* — ^ 


-0 ^ 


^ 


NEW   THIRD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   HEADER. 


Diagram  of  Fifths. 


4 
3 

2 


FIFTHS,    PERFECT    AND    DIMINISHED. 

There  is  the  same  reason  for  callmg  the  fifths 
perfect,  as  there  is  for  the  fourths,  as  will  appear 
in  our  future  lessons. 

A  Perfect  Fifth  contains  three  tones  and  one^^ 
semitone,  as  may  be  seen  by  looking  at  the  dia-j 
gram  of  fifths.  -— — "^^^ 

You  will  also  see  that  all  the  fifths  are  perfect  | 
except  that  from  the  seventh  degree  of  the  scale,  \ 
which  is  diminished,  as  it  contains  two  tones  and-- 
two  semitones. 

The  Diminished  Fifth  is  designated  by  a  small 
cipher  after  the  Roman  numerals  which  stand  for 
the  third,  thus :  vii°. 

The  fifths  appear  on  the  staff  thus : 


i 


t^r^t^^ 


I 


T^^T=^F^=l 


Fifths  do  not  sound  well  when  sung  consecu- 
tively. 

"  Note  that  the  one  imperfect  fifth  is  formed  on 
the  7th  of  the  scale. 

"Like  the  augmented  fourth,  the  imperfect  fifth 
is  rather  an  interval  of  harmony  than  of  melody, 
and  for  precisely  the  same  reason.  It  is  composed 
of  the  same  characteristic  sounds  of  the  scale  (the 
4th  and  7th),  which  again  tend  toward  the  most 
important  sounds  of  the  tonic  chord  (the  3rd  and 
8th). 


m 


*'  Form  the  class  in  two  divisions. 

"  Sing  after  me  this  note. 

"First  division  sing  Do  Fa,  and  sustain  Fa;  sec- 
ond division  sing  Do  Si,  and  sustain  Si.    Then — 


"  First  division  pass  from 
Fa  to  Mi;  second  division 
from  Si  to  Do." 


'g^ 


^ 


-[HULLAH. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


EXERCISES    IN    FIFTHS. 


^. 


P33^^ 


From  ''Time  and  Tune,"  by  John  Hullah. 
b. 

I 


« 


m 


i 


sr 


^ 


f4J-|UJ 


^=* 


-«^— 


^^ 


^ 


2^=4 


-<$- — P-  --^ 


I 


s 


fe^ 


fi'  ri'  If 


f=^=tf 


^ 


(g         T7g 


^ 


9  I    ^g- 


fe. 


I^^l^ 


-g' hi^ 


1^5 


3S 


^-r- i^ — . # 


^ 


#^^ 


^ 


^ 


8. 


SiLCHBR. 


1^^ 


-#  ^  I- 


s? 


I 


^ — ^ ^__^ 


9 


^#=4: 


gE^E^^^E^E^ 


10 


Diagram  of  Sixths 


li^EW  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 

SIXTHS,   MAJOR    AND   MINOR. 


« 

6 

5 
\ 

A 

/\ 

3 
9 

/i 

A 

-i  i^^ 

A^ 

A 

- 

^5 

- 

A  Major  Sixth,  as  may  be  seen  by  the  diagram, 
/includes  four  tones  and  one  semitone. 

^^^  Minor  Sixth  includes   three  tones  and   two 


There  is  nothing  about  these  intervals  which  d* 
mands  our  special  attention  at  present.     Like  the 
thirds  major  and  minor,  they  are  quite  pleasant,  and 
very  easy  to  sing. 

The  sixths  appear  on  the  staff  thus : 


h=^^z-^^^^ 


JSL 


^H^^F^ 


The  importance  of  being  able  to  recognize  the 
difference  between  the  major  and  minor  thirds  and 
sixths  will  appear  when  we  come  to  study  the 
minor  scales,  as  in  these  two  intervals  lies  the  char- 
acteristic difference,  between  the  major  and  minor 
diatonic  scales. 


EXERCISE    IN    SIXTHS. 


9. 


^^ 


&-J — l 

•J 


w^ 


m 

m 

m 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


EXERCISES    IN    SIXTHS. 


11 


10. 


From  "Time  and  Tune,"  by  John  Hullah. 
h. 


S 


a 


tS" L.«»- 


^pi 


f** 


^B 


^. 


^HJt-Hfrr^^ir  wrwi 


v=f^- 


m 


19 I      ^ 


^ 


fe 


^^ 


^^£t:j"  ^'LL^ 


i 


J  iij.iiiiij 


^ 


C>  L  Ig 


i 


;:=F* 


*-#-' — ^ 


^B. 


^^ 


i 


^^±^=^ 


I 


11. 


i=^ 


Dr.  Carl  Seeger. 


■P f     =^ 


^l^ 


1 


^r  J  J  f 


g 


12 


XEW   THIED    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


Diagram 

o/*  Sevenths. 

/» 

ii  " 

K 

\ 

\    " 

-H  4 
3 

1 

i 

1 

\ 

2 

Q 

1 

I 

o 

7 

I 

A 

6 
.5 

> 

V 

A 

J 

^ 

3 

1 

^ 

; 

1 

■'^ 

SEVENTHS,    MAJOR    AND    MINOR. 

A  Major  Seventh  contains  five  tones  and  one  semi- 
tone. 

A  Minor  Seventh  contams  four  tones  and  two  semi- 
tones. 

By  the  diagram,  it  will  be  seen  that  there  are  only 
two  major  sevenths,  from  the  first  and  fourth  degrees. 
All  the  rest  are  minor. 

In  the  formation  of  chords,we  shall  find  the  sevenths 
next  in  importance  to  thirds  and  fifths. 

The  sounds  of  the  scale  which  bear  major  sevenths 
are  one  and /owr. 

Like  the  augmented  fourth  and  the  diminished 
fifth,  the  minor  seventh  is  an  interval  of  harmony. 
It  also  occurs  in  melodies,  especially  in  mountainous 
countries,  like  Switzerland. 

It  almost  always  springs  from  jive  of  the  scale ;  it 
is  easy  to  sing,  and  comes  in  sprightly  music. 

The  major  seventh  is  seldom,  if  ever,  used  either  in 
melody  or  harmony. 

The  sevenths  appear  on  the  staff  thus : 


j^trn  I ::  I  ^-u^ 


EXERCISE    IN    SEVENTHS. 


12. 


SiLCHER. 


|b 


f—f — t"^ 


* — ^- 


1^ 


1 — \"^ 


i 


I 


BOOK   1. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


13 


13. 


From  ''Time  and  Tune"  by  John  Hullah. 
b. 


■t^tT\j'\nri\nj^ 


^^=^ 


d. 


JSE?^ 


^ 


§ 


#— ^ 


1^^ 


^^ 


^ 


^^m 


^gg:jir  ij 


t 


I 


^ 


tut 


s 


^''  U  I     'i 


^— ^ 


h. 


All. 


S 


^^rr^-^tdr?^ 


INVERSION    OF    INTERVALS. 


If  we  take  the  lower  of  two  notes  forming  an  interval,  and  write  it  an  octave 
higher,  this  in  music  is  called  Inversion. 


EXAMPLE. 


14. 


SiLCHER. 


I 


rl  i    J  I  M^ 


i  J'  i    J'i  ^ 


Prime,  Octave.  Second,  Seventh.  Third,  Sixth. 


^ 


Jij  .'If  n 


? 


i^ourM,  Fijih.  Fijlh,  Fourth.  Sixth,  Third. 


j  r  I  r  r  I  j-f^^ 


Seventh,  Second.  Octave,  Prime. 


14 


KEW  THIRD    N^ATION^AL  MUSIC   READER. 


l^uKjram  of  Triads 

i) 

A                          i 

1 

1 

i 

8 

I                                                                         / 

I 

i 

\ 

> 

7 

i 

\ 

i 

> 

/ 

V 

IlO 

6 

i 

\ 

1 

> 

^> 

VI 

5  - 

l\ 

1 

> 

/ 

/ 

V 

I 

> 

V    > 

hv-    _          1 

o 

J 

J 

III 

1 

II 

I 

.S 

1 

TRIADS    OF    THK    MAJOR    SCALE. 

A  Triad  is  any  given  sound  of 
the  scale,  with  its  third  andjifih. 

There  are  three  different  kinds 
of  triads  in  the  major  scale. 

1.  The  Major  Triads,  which 
consist  of  a  major  third  and  per- 
fect fifth,  as  I,  IV,  and  V. 

2.  The  Minor  Triads,  whicli 
consist  of  a  minor  third  and  a  per- 
fect fifth,  as  II,  III,  and  vi. 

3.  The  Diminished  Triad, 
which  consists  of  a  minor  third 
and  a  diminished  fifth,  as  vii°. 

From  the  beginning  of  this 
course,  commencing  with  the 
songs  for  the  primary  schools,  the 
harmonic  element  has  been  the 
basis  of  even  the  simplest  melodies. 
Our  object  now  is,  to  develop  this 
principle  in  a  methodic  and  more 
technical  way,  by  more  carefully 
observing,  classifying,  and  naming 
the  several  sounds,  according  to 
their  harmonic  relations,  as  based 
upon  the  triads  of  the  major  and 
minor  scales. 

To  illustrate :  "We  go  into  the 
woods  and  hear  birds  singing,  and 
can  easily  note  the  differences  in 
their  songs,  yet  we  are  unable,  per- 
haps, to  name  or  describe  the  birds, 
owing  to  the  difficulty  of  observing 
them  because  of  the  density  of  the 
foliage  or  the  blending  of  their 
plumage  with  the  leaves.  So  it  is 
with  the  music  we  hear  or  sing. 
We  can  distinguish  differences  in 
pitch  and  quality  of  tones,  but  must 
study  them  to  be  able  to  know  their 
office  in  producing  the  pleasing  ef- 
fects which  we  call  music. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


15 


The  triads  appear  upon  the  staff  thus 


i 


s 


III 


IV 


vn 


INVERSION  OF  THE   TRIADS  OF  THE  MAJOR  SCALE. 

The  triads  as  they  stand  written  upon  the  staff  in  the  above  example  are  said 
to  be  in  their  fundamental  position. 

If  the  lowest  note  of  each  of  the  triads  be  inverted,  or  written  an  octave 
higher,  leaving  the  second  note  as  the  lowest  or  base-note,  this  operation  is 
called  the  Jirst  inversion. 

If  the  two  lower  notes  of  the  triads  in  their  fundamental  position  are  inverted, 
leaving  the  upper  note  as  the  base-note,  this  produces  the  second  inversion  of  tht 
triads,  as  in  the  following  examples : 


Second 
Inversion : 


First 
Inversion : 


Fundamental 
Position : 


$ 


^ 


n 


i6 


I 


^ 


1^1 


"i 


^ 


^ 


IIl| 


321 


S 


IV| 


^ 


IV6 


VI 


IV 


^ 


-6f- 


VI 


:s: 


VI 6 


S 


321 


VIl| 


^ 


VI 


VII 


In  regard  to  the  figures  at  the  right  of  the  Roman  numerals,  you  wiU  observe, — 

First,  that  there  are  no  figures  connected  with  the  triads  in  their  funda- 
mental position.  This  is  because  the  two  notes  above  the  base  or  lowest  note 
are  a  third  and  a  fifth ;  and  these  intervals  are  seldom  expressed  by  figures. 

Second,  that  in  the  first  inversion  the  figure  6  is  placed  at  the  right  of  the 
Roman  numeral.  This  is  to  indicate  that  the  upper  note  is  the  interval  of  a 
sixth  from  the  base  or  lowest  note ;  the  middle  note,  being  a  third  from  the  base- 
note,  is  not  indicated. 

Third,  that  the  figures  |  are  placed  after  the  Roman  numerals  in  the  second 
inversion.  This  is  to  designate  the  intervals  from  the  bass-note  as  a  fourth  and 
a  sixth. 

This  subject  will  be  taken  up  again  in  connection  with  three-part  singing. 


16 


4 
3 


KEW   THIRD   KATION^AL   MUSIC   READER. 
Diagram  of  Chords  of  the  Seventh. 


j<  jy.  /». 

J\.    JK    /< 


yfv.  />.  y». 
yf.  y<  j< 


6 


-1*-  -^  -T- 

VII 


07 


VI 


y7 


y. 

yf^  yK  yV 

HI  7 


y+>.  yfv.  yjv 


II 


17 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG.  17 

CHORDS    OF    THE    SEVENTH. 

The  chord  of  the  seventh  is  composed  of  any  given  sound  of  the  scale,  with  its 
third,  fifth,  and  seventh.  Thus  we  see  that  the  chord  of  the  seventh  is  obtained 
when  we  add  a  seventh  to  the  triad,  as  illustrated  in  the  diagram. 

The  chords  of  the  seventh  appear  upon  the  staff  thus : 


I 


J=^+^M-^-H^i^^-ir-| 


^ 


V  Il7  IIl7  IV7  V7  Vl7  VII°7 

We  see  by  the  diagram  that  there  are  four  different  kinds  of  chords  of  the 
seventh  in  the  major  scale  : 

1.  Those  which  consist  of  a  major  triad,  and  a  major  seventh,  as  V  and  IV7. 

2.  Those  which  consist  of  a  minor  triad  and  a  minor  seventh,  as  n^,  iii7, 
and  vi7. 

3.  One  which  consists  of  a  major  triad  and  a  minor  seventh,  as  Y7. 

4.  One  which  consists  of  a  diminished  triad  and  a  minor  seventh,  as  vii°7. 

In  listening  to  the  different  chords  of  the  seventh  when  sung  or  played,  the 
V7  sounds  the  most  satisfactory. 

The  reason  why  this  chord  sounds  better  than  17  and  IV7  is,  because  these  two 
chords  have  a  major  seventh,  while  the  V7  has  a  minor  seventh.  The  V7  is  the 
only  chord  of  the  seventh  that  we  shall  have  occasion  to  use  at  present. 

TONIC,    DOMINANT,   AND    SUBDOMINANT. 

The  triads  I,  Y,  and  IV  are  denominated  respectively,  the  Tonic  Triad,  the 
Dominant  Triad,  and  the  Subdominant  Triad.  The  Y7  is  called  the  Dominant 
Seventh. 

Of  all  the  chords  of  the  seventh,  the  Y7  has  occurred  most  frequently  in 
the  songs  you  have  learned  from  the  beginning.     This  chord  comes 
in  without  any  sharps  or  flats,  and  gives  a  cheerful  expression  to  the 

songs.     The  chord  iii7,  with  its  third  made  major,  thus "^     '7 

has  come  into  some  of  the  songs  you  have  learned,  and  gives 
rather  a  sad  expression  to  the  music.  As  we  progress  in  our 
lessons,  the  further  study  of  this  chord  of  the  seventh  will  be 
interesting.     Also  ii7  and  17,  in  notes  thus  :....*...  ii7     F 

By  sharping  the  third  in  ii7  and  in7  and  flatting  the  seventh  in  17,  they  are  all 
made  dominant  sevenths.     We  shall  learn  their  use  in  our  future  lessons. 


18  NEW   THIRD    NATIOI^AL   MUSIC   READER. 

PRACTICAL  EXERCISES  AND   SONGS  UPON  THE  TRIADS. 

15. 


TRIAD    OF    THE    FIRST    DEGREE    (I) 

16. 

«.  6.  c.  d. 

ffl. 


/.  flr. 


ULJ..\    l"l"igil 


1^         19>- 


17. 


18. 


^^ 


EE^i 


19. 


I 
20. 


r^T^^^^ 


1^ 


21. 


I 
22. 


p^ 


!^ 


t=i=i 


^ 


4— 4r 


23. 


COMMON   CHORD   OF   THE   FIFTH   DEGREE    (V). 

24. 

5  a.  6.  c.  <!._        c.         /. 


fH^HHH^ 


-<$' !^- 


^ 


V 
25. 


i 


? 


d ^- 


^ 


^ 


26. 


^E 


P^^F^ 


i^^ 


^^ 


27. 


28. 


IVI-V-i         I        __t-i 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


19 


I 


SEVENTH  CHORD  OP  THE  FIFTH  DEGREE  (V). 

29.  30. 

a.  b.  c.  d.  e  f. 


-/9 — r-<^ 


-tS* ^- 


Pin;iH.j 


-'g-zy 


-^■ 


V7 

31. 


^^ 


fc:fc=i 


m 


M-^— t^ 


V7 

32. 


S 


^ 


? 


^ ^ 


^==^ 


V7 


V7 


33. 


I 


-n  I J 


^    ^   i  '  i   -^-^ 


I  V7  I  V        V7         I  I  V        I  V        V7        I 


COMMON    CHORD    OF    THE    FOURTH    DEGREE    (IV). 

34.  35. 

a.  b.         c.  d.  e. 


'm^wv.\„\.j 


<J  ar_ 


22: 


JZ. 


IV 
36. 


H^ 


^ 


:?z: 


Hz 


IV 


g 


M  I  '    f   r 


V7 


30 


37. 


KEW  THIRD    KATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 
38. 


I 


^^ 


\^il±Ll 


A 1- 


rri^rTfT^HM^-fVi'- 


r 


IV     - 


I     IV     I 


IV    V       I 


39. 


^ 


t^ 


=^ 


m 


f=fTr=ri==r^r-^^==f^T 


I      V 


V7     I      IV 


V7 


40. 


I 


^=i=^J 


^=J=^F^ 


H 


I        IV       -  I  -  I 


r^^ 


I 

V7 


PRAISE   YE    THE    LORD. 


/ 


^ 


^E^^E^ES^. 


•t   I     I     I  — f--^ — ^ — ^ — i — ^^— j — ; — j 


^ 


1.  All  that  have  breath  to  praise,  praise  ye    the    Lord!  Let      ho  -  ly 

2.  Oh,    taste  and     see   ye  how  good    is     the   Lord !  Mer  -  ey,  com  - 

/ 


^^    J  I  J    J'i^4-^^-h^ 


joy    and     de  -  vo  -  tion  most      sa  -  cred       dwell      with  -  in      our 
pas  -  sion,  light,  truth,  and  love   bound  -  less      guard      our    lives       e  - 


^^Ue^j^^^^^^^^^^^^S 


dwell    with  -  in      our       in     -    most  souls! 
guard      our  lives      e    -    ter    -    nal  -   ly. 


r^ 


r  I 

in    -    most  souls, 
ter    -    nal      ly, 


3  All  that  have  hearts  to  love,  love  ye  the  the  Lord!     Seraphim,  cherubim, 
souls  of  the  righteous!  ||:  ah,  what  bliss  in  heav'n  to  love !  :|| 

4  Our  souls  are  thirsting,  too,  for  the  bright  land,  where  we  may  love  Him  for 
ever  and  ever,  || :  who  in  love  created  us.  :  i| 


41. 


I 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PABT  SONG. 
COMMON   CHORD   OF   THE   SECOND   DEGREE    (ll). 

42. 

a.  h.  e. 


21 


c.  /. 


II-  \.\\:.\M 


-SL 


43. 


I 


^=^=^ 


i 


[^       g 


F^^- 


T 


T 


IV 


HOSANNA. 


m 


7> 


m 


mf 


± 


f^M^Tr^^^^^f^^ 


^=i=t 


Sing  Ho  -  san  -  na !   Bless  -  ed    be  He      that    com  -  eth         in  the 


^  ^  y^h^r  ^  ^  J  I J  i 


?> 


1 


?;=*: 


f=T^ 


^=r=r^f=r=T? 


name  of    the  Lord;  Ho  -  san  -  na        in      the     high  -est!  He  that 


I 


^ 


com  -  eth  in  the  name  of  the      Lord,  He  that  com  -  eth  in  the 


■fp  |J   J  jJ'P  |J   J  r^g 


P 


t  ii'fJ   LTf  f    cj'f  f   f 


name    of  the     Lord; 


I 


J  J  j|j  J 


Ho  -  san  -  na, 

/ 


Ho  -  san  -  na,         Ho 


LJ_iuJ- 


^m 


^  ^  t  't  '=^=^=r^f  r  r  r '  r  ^ 

san  -  na    in    the    high  -  est !         Ho  -  san  -  na  in    the    high  -  est  I 


22 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


COMMON   CHORD   OF   THE   SIXTH   DEGREE    (vi). 
45. 


I 


a.        b.        c.  d.  e,  f.  g. 


^E^^ 


f^F^P  I -;  I  -  l^+H 


3: 


T^t-  -^ 


I 


VI 

46. 


E3^=rf 


^ 


VI 


II 


47. 


I 


r 

IV       V 


48. 


COMMON    CHORD    OF    THE    THIRD    DEGREE    (ln). 

49. 


1^  rT=^-4-^ 


60. 


P 


i^ 


4 4- 


^ 


-•  li- 


t    r   r    r^^^r 

I         V        VI        III         IV  V 


r 


51. 


i 


^ 


i 


^ES 


r^-^T^ 


^Tf 


r 


IV 


fef^ 


^ 


f^f^^ 


r 


f=^ 


I         v^ 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SON^G. 


23 


62. 


i 


^^ 


^ 


f=f 


T=f=^- 


f 


IV 


IV      - 


J    J    J    J  I  J      -^^    J    J--^ 


m 


m-TT 


I  -       I       I] 

THE    SABBATH. 


^ 


iEEEi 


ii^ 


?^i 


^=f^=5 


rT 


1.  See!  dawn-ing  from Heav'n's gold 

2.  Thrice  wel- come    art    thou,      day- 


en  gate, 
of  rest! 


I 


i 


The     ho    -    ly 
So     grate  -  f  ul 

~i^A 


e    -    brate ; 
op    -    prest ; 


r^' 


r 


day      we 
when    with 


eel 

toil 


The  Lord's      day  comes     in 
That    fills        the    soul     with 


=^=f"^-^-nj  J  J  J I  J 


t 


Ft^ 


r 


1 

splen  -  dor  bright,  Un  -  fold  -  ing  beams    of    heav'n  -  ly 
pi    -     ous    love,  And  makes  it     soar       to     heav'n     a 

3  An  image  of  the  sun  thou  art, 
Whose  beams  such  joy  to  earth  impart : 
So  doth  thy  genial  presence  give 

A  hallow'd  light  to  all  that  live. 

4  God's  messenger,  thou  bringest  peace. 
And  biddest  earth  from  tumult  cease ; 
An  angel  sent  from  heav'n  to  cheer, 
And  bid  us  for  the  week  prepare. 

5  Oh,  lift  my  soul  to  heav'n  above, 
Where  spirits  dwell  in  bliss  and  love ; 
One  day,  thro'  morning's  purple  skies, 
I,  too,  on  angels'  wings  shall  rise. 


light, 
bove. 


24 


53.  a. 


NEW  THIED  NATIONAL  MUSIC   BEADER. 
PASSING-NOTES.— Unaccented. 

5. 


^h^4-.M^d^  j  I J  J  J 


I       -     IV     II       I      V       I         I      -     IV     II        I      V     I 
Love  -  ly  beams  the  ev'n  -  ing  star,  Love  -  ly  beams  the  ev'n  -  ing  star. 

54.  a.  b. 


^=^ 


^ 


-m^EE^ 


m 


i 


f 


tr 


r 


r  r  '  r  '    f      f  r  ^  , 

I      -      IV    II        V         I  I      -      IV     II        V  I 

Sing  glad  songs  of      tri  -  umph!      Sing  glad  songs  of        tri     -     umph 


55. 


^EEE^ 


iEEV=EH=^ 


f 


m 


f=f^ 


ev'n      -    ing 


r 


See 


the 


gold    -      en 


sun! 


SONG    OP    PRAISE. 


I 


^^ 


^ 


^^ 


tF^ 


# # 


Sing  to  the  Lord  a  new  -  made  song,  and  praise  his  name  for  ev  -  er ! 


I 


^ 


±± 


icxzq?:^ 


-0 # 


I 


^ 


-N K 


— 1^ n — a- 


S^ 


..Lz^^ 


Sing  to    the  Lord     a        new  -  made     song,       Sing      to  the  Lord  a 


e; 


5 


d — h-f- 


-0—^sh- 
Sing      to  the  Lord  a      new  -  made  song, 


m 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


25 


f=rT 


^- 


-# — #- 


it 


new  -  made  song,        Sing      to  the  Lord    a        new  -  made  song, 


I 


^ 


N— N 


w-i^ 


# — # 


Sing       to  the  Lord  a        new  -  made  song,  Sing       to  the  Lord  a 


I 


s 


s^ 


Sino-     to       the  Lord, 


Sing     to      the   Lord, 


'^m. 


g^ 


^ 


-^ — 

song, 


Sing     to      the    Lord, 


Sing      to     the 


I 


^ 


^^ 


i 


Sing      to     the   Lord, 


Sing     to      the   Lord,         all  ye 


^^ 


u 


Lord, 


Sing      to      the    Lord, 


to   the  Lord, 


I 


^B 


^=1= 


^       d 


d ^ 


M-^ 


lands,        to   the  Lord,         all     ye     lands,        to    the  Lord,        all      ye 


> K- 


* 


3^^ 


all  ye  lands,         to  the  Lord,  all   ye  lands,  to    the  Lord, 


-^- 


^ 


lands,  and    praise  his      name      for 


er! 


^^ 


1==^ 


3^ 


I 


Sing     ^nd    praise  His      name       for  ev 


er! 


26 


NEW  THIRD    NATION^AL   MUSIC    READER. 


56.  a. 

S 


n  t\i.  ^\>\^  i  n  ;■! J 


m 


g 


"  c  r  c  f      ^^  c  cttT 


II        -     V       -      I 
On  yon  -  der  mountain  height, 


II  -      V        -      I 

On    yon  -  der  mountain  height. 


57. 


Where  light  first  dawned  up -on      me,  There  is      my  Fa  -  ther  -  land. 


THE    LITTLE    CHURCH. 


^^m 


n 


r^^ 


? 


1.  Far    up    the  mountain, 

2.  It    stands,  a    sol  -  emn 


yon    -    der.  There  stands  a      church     a  ■ 
warn  -  ing     How  time  must     all         be 


I 


J  ^'^  n  h  i-^^^^v^ 


fes 


f  ^.  Lr  c '  r 


^f 


u- 


r~T 


lone:  With  joy    and   pain      1        pon  -    -    der       Up  -  on       its 

reave ;         The   pur  -  pie    hues      of        morn    -    ing        Its     Sun  -  day 


Up    ■  on      its      ru    -    ined  stone. 
Its      Sun -day    gar  -  ment  weave. 


ru    -    in'd     stone, 
gar  -  ment  weave, 


3  And  when  the  bells  are  ringing, 

At  early  morning  hour. 
You  '11  hear  the  soft  wind  bringing 
f{:  An  echo  from  its  tow'r.  :|| 

4  The  gentle  peal  brings  o'er  me 

A  thought  of  ages  gone ; 
Methinks  I  see  before  me 
II :  A  pilgrim  band  move  on.  :|| 


58.  a. 


BOOK    r. —  TWO-PART   SONCi. 
b. 


27 


I___V7-I  I___Y7_I 

Boats  are  dan  -  ciiig  o'er  the  lake.     Boats  are    dan  -  cing  o^er    the  lake. 


69. 


feE^^ 


i 


f^r~r^r 


*: 


t^-rr-j-r-rT 


The      cuck  -  oo      calls !     now    comes  the  mer  -  ry  month  of  May. 


I 


ALLEGRO. 

/ 


MOUNTAIN    SONG. 


^=^ 


4— N 


-H^^- 


t 


& 


#-S-  -# \ — ^ 


1.  Forth  with  footsteps  light !  Up  the  mountain  height !  Winds  fresh  blow  -  ing, 

2.  Seel  the  sun  in  state       Ris  -  es  at  heav'n's  gate ;    Forth  to    meet  him, 


I 


fee 


mf 


-^ — \- 


^A 


i 


f- 


f  y  ^ 


O  -  dors  strew -ing,  Wait    to  greet  us  there.     Wait  to  greet  us    there. 
And  to    greet  him.    Soars  the  warbling  lark.   Soars  the  warbling  lark. 

3  Onward  through  the  skies, 
Higher  doth  he  rise. 
Blessings  sending. 
Wide  extending 
11:  Over  hill  and  dale.  :|| 


4  Then  toward  the  skies 
Higher  let  us  rise, 

Upward  gazing, 

Ever  raising 
II :  Heart  and  eye  to  heav'n.  :|| 


28 


NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   EEADER. 


60.  a. 


APPOGGIATURA.— Accented. 

b. 


I       -     IV     II       I      V       I         I       -     IV     II        I       V     I 

Love  -  ly  beams  the   ev'n  -  ing  star,  Love  -  ly  beams  the  ev'n  -  ing  star. 

When  passing  notes  occur  as  in  &,  they  always  receive  a  marked  accent  on 
whichever  part  of  the  measure  they  may  come. 


AT   EVENING. 


t 


V 


iN^ 


i 


*=f^pi=rff^ 


That 
Thy 


^-7 


Thou    calm    hour     of 
The      heat,  that     at 


ev'n    -    mg,    we        greet    thee, 
noon  -     day    op    -    press'd    us, 


i 


i-^-^ 


wfrnrrmrmm 


bring-eth such  tran-quil  re  -  pose! 
shad -ows  bid  quick -ly  de  -  part; 


The  worn    spir  -  it   hast  -  ens    to 
The  cares     we  for  -  get    that  dis 


n 


it=i 


j^ 


n  /  /'-d-^i 


^ 


meet    thee,       So    sweet  -  ly    thou     sooth  -  est      its       woes, 
tressed  us,       And  grate  -  ful  -    ly      swells      ev  -  'ry      heart. 

3  With  friends  that  we  love  gathered  round  us, 

We  lessons  of  charity  learn ; 
We  let  not  keen  malice  confound  us  — 
A  blessing  we  give  in  return. 

4  Then  welcome !  sweet  ev'ning,  rich  laden 

With  visions  of  heavenly  rest ; 
Thou  breathest  the  pleasures  of  Eden, 
That  blissful  abode  of  the  blest. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


29 


^m 


IN    THE    COUNTRY. 


^ 


fti^— J^ 


1.  'Neath  the   oak's  pro  -  tect  -  ing  shel  -  ter,Where  the  bud  -  dmg  flow  -  'ret 

2.  And  our  songs  make  sweet  -  er  mu  -  sic,  Sung  'mid  na  -  ture's  beau  -  lies 


:^%i 


ip^ 


^ 


i 


^rn'^  r  >[:'gjr  r~^ 


grows,  Where  the  birds  are  singing  gai  -  ly,  Ah !  'tis  sweet  to  take  re  -  pose, 
rare ;      Far  a  -  way,  o'er  hill  and  val  -  ley,  Float  their  echoes  on  the    air. 


3  All  that  breathe  the  air  so  balmy 
Doth  to  life  and  pleasure  wake ; 
Who  feels  not  a  thrill  of  rapture 
Bidding  him  these  joys  partake? 

4  Let  us  sing,  then,  loud  and  clearly, 
'Mid  the  glories  of  the  spring ! 
Great  is  our  Creator's  goodness, 
Who  so  fair  made  ev'ry  thing. 


If  the  pupils  have  gone  through  the  1st  and  2nd  Readers  of  the  National 
Course,  or  their  equivalent  in  some  other  method,  they  should  not  be  kept  too 
long  upon  the  first  29  pages  of  this  book,  especially  if  fifteen  minutes  a  day  are 
faithfully  devoted  to  music.  There  are  no  difficulties  to  be  encountered,  either 
as  to  time  or  tune. 

As  we  have  recommended  the  least  possible  explanation  about  transposition, 
so  we  would  have  but  little  time  spent  in  talking  about  the  staff-intervals. 
If  what  little  is  said  and  illustrated  in  the  first  eighteen  pages  of  this  book 
be  immediately  put  in  practice,  the  good  seed  will  spring  up,  "  they  know  not 
how." 

The  different  forms  of  the  Minor  Scale,  which  follow,  will  present  no  special 
difficulty.  Here,  as  in  the  transposition  of  the  scale,  etc.,  there  will  be  a  great 
temptation  to  too  much  explanation. 

The  best  way  is  to  practise  from  the  diagrams  in  the  Charts :  first  the  Major, 
and  then  the  different  forms  of  the  Minor  scale ;  also,  the  same  written  upon  the 
staff,  together  with  the  songs  "At  Evening"  and  "Autumn  Song."  In  the  study 
pf  the  scivles,  the  Tetrachords  will  be  found  to  be  of  great  convenience. 


30 


NEAV   THIKD    N^ATIONAL   MUSIC    EEADER. 


o 
o 

1 

4  f  Fa 
3  e  Mi 

2  dRe 

"5 
8 

1    cDo 

7      b      Si 

I 

6      a      La 

5      g      Sol 

4      f       Fa 

3      e      Mi 

o 

■a 

l1 

2      d      Re 

1c 

8 

1      c      Bo 

r 

7 

b          Si 

o 

li   e 

a         La 

6 

g          Sol 

*-   1 

ANOTHER   VIEW   OF    THE    SCALE. — TETRACHORDS. 

A  Tetrachord  means  a  scale  of  four  sounds,  as  though 
the  first  four  sounds  of  the  scale,  1,  2,  3,  4,  formed  one 
complete  scale,  and  5,  6,  7,  8,  another. 

The  scale  of  eight  sounds  may  be  regarded  as  made 
up  of  two  tetrachords,  placed  one  above  the  other,  a 
tone  apart,  the  sounds  1,  2,  3,  4,  being  called  the  first 
tetrachord,  and  5,  6,  7,  8,  the  second  tetrachord,  in 
whatever  octave. 

The  tetrachords  in  the  accompanying  diagram,  as- 
cending, appear  upon  the  staif  in  Three-Four  time  thus : 
Ist  Tetrachord.  2d  Tetrachord. 


^ 


t=i' 


1st  Tetrachord, 


H^ 


1: 


2d  Tetrachord. 


I 


] 1 1- 


I 


Let  this  exercise  be  transposed  into  different  keys, 
so  far  as  the  tetrachords  are  within  the  easy  compass 
of  the  several  voices. 

The  above  exercise  may  be  made  of  great  practical 
use,  by  having  the  whole  class  sing  the  first  two  tetra- 
chords ;  only  the  higher  voices  singing  the  first  tetra- 
chord of  the  upper  scale,  and  the  lower  voices  the  second 
tetrachord  of  the  lower  scale. 

Let  the  tetrachords  be  sung  descending,  as  follows: 


2d  Tetrachord. 


1st  Tetrachord. 


p^^ 


P=i-- 


3=* 


2d  Tetrachord. 


Ist  Tetrachord. 


*^  ■♦    •#    :j 


E 


We  shall  find  the  division  of  the  scale  into  two 
tetrachords  a  great  convenience  in  the  study  of  the 
various  forms  of  the  minor  scale. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SON^G. 


31 


EXERCISES   ON   THE   TETRACHORD8. 


61. 


i 


a^ 


^wa 


i 


s: 


^ 


f^ 


is: 


^^ 


i 


?-nijl  Ji-^  j:ij:^'i/J.^|J  j-t^ 


H 


crcfB-r'^cr'irr'a'tr''  r 'r^r 


62. 


I 


;^^^^ 


^ 


m 


1E3 


P=^ 


rrt — r-Y 


pFT^? 


a 


i^ 


i 


f^r  rr  - '  7^M^rT"T 


r 


r 


63. 


#— 1-,-to 


i 


^ 


i 


:^ 


12^ 


122: 


r^=?-#Y^^r-^rrT-rT-rT-^ 


"Which  Part  shall  I  Sing  ?  "  —  Every  one  who  is  to  take  part  in  singing 
at  an  exhibition  or  concert  should  be  able  to  stand  up  before  the  whole  school 
and  sing  one  of  the  following  exercises. 

Tirst  Voice. 


I 


^ 


^sm 


P ^ 


? 


w ^ 

Second  Voice. 


i 


IB 


j-^^ 


^ 


? 


^^^ 


First  Voice  alone, 


l^f^##M^^#^^^^3 


Second  Voice  alone. 


PART  11. -MINOR  SCALES. 


COMPARISOX    OF    THE    MAJOR    AND    ITS    RELATIVE    MINOR    SCALES 

Major. 
8        C      Do 


Minor. 
Natural. 


Minor. 
Harmonic. 


Minor. 

Melodic. 


7 

b 

Si 

6 

a 

La 

5__ 
4 

K 

Sol 

f 

Fa 

3 

e 

Mi 

■ 

2 

d 

Re 
Do 

8l 

1 

c 

7 

b 

Si 

€ 

\ 

a 

La 

8       a     Laii 


7 

ff 

Sol 

6 

f 

Fa 

5 

e 

Mi 

4 

d 

Re 

r 

3 

c 

Do 

2 

b 

Si 

I 

a 

La 

i 

: .3 

: -2 

8 

a 

Laii 

7 

m 

Si 

6 

f 

Fa 

5 

e 

Mi 

4 

d 

Re 

3 

c 

Do 

2 

b 

Si 

1 

a 

La 

8       a     Laji 


5       e     Ml 


TLilSi 

7  jgtlSol 

QJi  Fi 

I 
6  h  Fa 


4        d     Re 


3        c     Do 


2       b      Si 


The  above  diagrams  appear  upon  the  staff  thus  : 

The  Major  Scale. 


l^rnhH^i^^P^^^^^^^^p 


The  Minor  Scale,  Natural  Form. 


lEiE±3E3^ 


I^ 


^^ 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 

The  Minor  Scale,  Harmonic  Form. 


33 


^m 


^P 


^ 


The  Minor  Scale,  Melodic  Form. 


I 


fegi 


^ 


m- 


iffi 


3^^ 


It  will  be  observed,  as  to  the  three  forms  of  the  minor  scale,  that  the  first 
tetrachords  are  all  alike,  as  to  the  intervals :  viz.,  tone,  semitone,  tone ;  and  that 
in  the  upper  tetrachord  they  vary,  the  Natural  being  semitone,  tone,  tone ;  the 
Harmonic  being  semitone,  tone-and-semitone,  semitone ;  and  the  Melodic  being 
tone,  tone,  semitone,  in  ascending,  and  natural  in  descending.  The  sixth  and 
seventh  sounds  of  the  minor  scale  are  variable,  according  to  whichever  form  is 
used. 

It  is  very  important  that  we  should  know  these  various  forms  of  the  minor 
scale  by  hearty  as  a  tune;  and  that  we  be  able  to  recognize  them  immediately, 
when  we  meet  them  in  musical  compositions. 

In  the  formation  of  the  triads  and  other  harmonies  of  the  minor  scale,  the 
harmonic  form  is  used. 


1. 


TRIADS    OF    THE    SCALE    IN    A    MINOR. 

2. 


rr^r  rr^^ 


m 


s 


+^ — h 


:F=+ 


¥ 


5^r^^ 


3. 


|^j=H^^T^r  ^  '\^  '  u 


±^ 


4. 

m 


^ 


i 


5. 


no  III^  IV 


-^ 


VI  viio 


i^-f-f-jjt^!-g^ — h-  -# 


fc^il^S 


^ 


rg_l^  f-#-^  _  r?  I>»  »  ^   _  I    I 


ep 


fotz^f!: 


34 


KEW   THIRD   NATION^AL  MUSIC   READER. 

7. 

I 


trlJU  i' \  a ',  i^m 


r  f  '  f  r  r  r 


8. 


I 


aa 


4-4 


^ 


^m 


4-f- 


^^ 


^=it 


AUTUMN    SONG. 


r 


$m^-i^RiUi^m 


,     (  Soon  from  the  bough  descend  -  ing,  The   last    red  leaf  shall  fall;     ) 

(  The  birds  their  songs  are  end  -  ing,  The  world    is    si  -lent  all.      ) 

Q    5  O'er  desert  fields  and    mead  -  ows   In     sad  -  nessnowwe  stray;  > 

I  Now  sooner  come  night's  shad -ows  And  short  -  er  grows  the  day.    | 


^4^H^-^^ 


^ 


m 


f 


£ 


Ah!   whither     are  they  van  -  ish'd,  Whose  blithe  songs  were  our  delight? 
The  birds  are    elsewhere  seek  -  ing  For  the  sun  -  ny  smile  of     Spring ; 


i 


th^^j^Hf^^ 


^ 


r 


The  hoar-frost  all  hath    ban 
Oh,    what    a    mer  -  ry  -  mak 


ish'd  Far    o'er    the  mountain  height, 
ing     Its   charms  to  them  will  bring  1 


What  though  from  bough  descending 

Now  falls  the  last  red  leaf. 
And  birds  their  songs  are  ending, 

As  though  opprest  with  grief? 
Oh,  banish  all  your  mourning. 

Nor  so  tremblingly  despair ; 
We  soon  shall  see  returning 

The  lovely  Spring  so  fair. 


BOOK   I.  —  TWO-PART   SOKQ. 


35 


I 


G     MAJOR. — HARMONY   OF    THE    FIRST    DEGREE    (I). 
1.  a.  b.  c,  d. 


-S^ 1^^ 


t?t^4^4^4^ 


<5h 


2. 


a=^JiJ  iJiJ^ 


-# —-0- 


P^ 


-^* 


^ 


HARMONIES    OF    THE  FIFTH   DEGREE    (V,  V^). 

a.  b.  c.  d.  6.  a.  b.  c.  d. 


Pf^^^^ J :;  I  ^"^  I "  t=;^^^W:^4^ 


321 


V 
7. 


2?- 

V7 


i 


te^ 


ia^ 


-4-^ 


-»!— ^ 


"* — 

V7 


j/l'll'/M 


I  V  I  I  V7         I  I 


rT"F 


HARMONY    OF    THE    FOURTH    DEGREE    (IV). 
9.  a.  b,  c.  d. 


$ 


SL 


^       ■      ^ 


iEiEU4-a^^J3^ 


W 


IV 


10. 


-^ 


^ 


i^ 


l1^ 


11. 


h¥^=^\  l-UJJ^:^ 


1^ — ^ 


I      IV     I       -      V    V7      I        T      IV      I      -       IV      V      I 


36 


iq"EW   THIRD    N^ATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


EVENING  SUN. 


m 


i^^i^ 


-#-r- 


'  US!' 

1.  How     I    love     to        see    thee,  Gold  -  en  ev'n  -  ing      sun ! 

2.  Sweet- ly  thou    re    -  call  -  est       Child-hood's  joy  -  ous      days; 


u 


t=t^ 


^ 


n 


^ 


thee,  When  the  day     is     done! 
ly  Watched  thy  ev'n-  ing  rays. 


How      I    love  to 
Hours  when   I    so 


fond 


Be  it  mine  thus  brightly,  4  When  in  tranquil  glory 

Virtue's  course  to  run  Thou  dost  sink  to  rest. 

Mine  to  sleep  so  sweetly,  Oh,  what  holy  longings. 

All  my  labors  done.  Fill  my  swelling  breast. 

5  Thus  my  soul  inspiring 
When  I  gaze  on  thee, 
Grant  my  heavenly  pathway 
Like  thine  own  may  be. 


jnf 


THE  BUGLE-HORN. 

»    S 


Q=ti=i 


^m 


A 


s 


g^ 


1.  How  sweet     to  hear    the 

2.  And      ev  -   'ry  tree    the 

PP      ECHO. 


bu  -  gle  clear  The  for  -  ests  wide       a  - 
eye      can   see      Is   clad      in  bright    ar  - 


I 


4: 


m 


mf 


wm 


■#-?- 


The  for  -  ests    wide      a  -  mong  ! 
Is   clad     in     bright    ar    «    ray ; 

PP      ECHO. 

N 


mong, 
ray. 


Its    ech  -  oes  soft,   re  - 
Thro'  vale   and  nook  the 


^^ 


I 


^±^ 


m^ 


^dzi 


T 


peat  -  ed  oft.  Are  heard  so  long,  so  long, 

rip-pling  brook  Flows  far  away,  a  -  way.     Flows  far    a-way,     a  -  way. 


Are  heard  so  long,  so    long ! 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SOITG. 

To  ev'ry  heart  doth  joy  impart 

II :  The  bugle's  cheering  tone  :1| 
The  care  that  pressed  each  sorrowing  breast 

II :  At  once  is  gone,  is  gone.  :|| 

NOW  GOOD-NIGHT. 


37 


i-J  IJ    t 


fs S- 


;i:;=it 


TT 


r  z--^  t  z  r  ^  T 

1.  Now  good-night!  now  good-night  1  Work  is    end -ed  with    the    light; 

2.  Gen  -  tie  night !  gen  -  tie  night !  Tasks  are  end  -  ed  with    the    light ; 


mmiiH^'^i4im^ 


Gold-  en  stars  a-gain  are  beam-ing,      From  the  arch  of  heav-en  gleam-ing, 
Night,  too,  soon  will  quickly  leave  us.  Dreams,  that  God's  bright  angels  give  us, 

N       V       N       .         I    , 


^^ffff^tVu'i^  UMl 


And  the  moon  is  smiling  bright;  Now  good-night !  now  good-night !  now  good-night ! 
Hasten  on  the  longest  night ;  Now  good-night !  now  good-night  1  now  good-night! 

3  Peaceful  night !  peaceful  night  I 

Joys,  that  made  the  day  so  bright, 
Shall  in  dreams  not  all  forsake  us 
Till  a  new  day  shall  awake  us 

In  the  realms  of  pure  delight. 

Now  good-night !  || :  now  good -night.  :|| 

Time-Spelling.  —  It  is  unnecessary  to  call  the  attention  of  those  who  have 
gone  through  the  First  and  Second  Readers  of  this  course,  to  the  Time-Xames. 

We  would  call  attention,  however,  to  the  order  of  development  of  the  sense 
of  time,  and  of  fixing  the  same  in  the  mind,— 

1 .  By  presenting  the  natural  flow  of  rhythm  and  measm-e  in  connection  with 
rote-singing. 

2.  By  the  careful  study  of  measure,  as  to  the  laws  of  accent,  in  connection  with 
heating  time  with  the  hand. 

The  time-names  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  process  of  developing  time ;  but 
only  to  name  the  relative  length  and  position  of  each  sound  in  any  measure  of 
simple  time,  just  as  each  letter  in  a  word  comes  in  its  particular  order. 


38 


KEAV  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


Some  teachers  have  used  the  time-names,  as  a  substitute  for  beating  time  with 
the  hand.  We  regard  this  as  a  radical  mistake,  and  a  plain  violation  of  the 
first  principles  of  educational  development. 


TIME-NAMES    TO    "  PLEASURES    OF    EVENING. 


Te-e-e-  ne      Ta  Ta  fa  Te-e-e  ne    Ta  Ta  fa    Te-e-e  ne    Ta-a        fa         Te        fe 


Ta 


Ta 


TS 


Ta-a-a     na     Ta        fa       Te 


fe 


Ta-a-a    na     Ta  Te 


l.^JU^U±AJ^J    //IJ.    //.Mj    j 


Ta-a-a    na  Ta     fa      Te     fe     Ta-a-a  na  Ta        Te    fe    Ta-a       fa      Te     fe       Ta        Ta 
The  forms  of  measure  in  song  "  Good-Night  "  are  very  similar  to  those  above 

PLEASURES  OP  EVENING. 


I 


I 


^ 


§ 


^=F=J^T?=I 


^ 


1.  When  night's  shad-ow     O'er  the  mead-ow,      O'er  the 

2.  And  when  ov    -  er     Brake  andclov  -  er      Trips  the 


^ 


vale    and  wood-land 
tim  -   id  hare   a  - 


^EE^^E^ 


iE^E^ 


m 


t 


VEP^ 


falls; 
long ; 


v-r 


When  the  rud-dy  twi-light's  glow-in g, 
When  the  hart  with  light  re  -  bound-ing, 


With  the  stream-let's 
'Midst  the  cov-ert 


#=#3^3 


i 


gen  -  tie        flow  -  ing,     Man    to      balm    -    y  sleep 
night's  sur  -  round- ing,       Sal  -  lies    forth       in  nim  • 


re    -    calls,  — 
ble       throng ; 


3  When  day  closes,  And,  with  roses  4  Then  my  pleasure  Knows  no  measure 

Pluck'd  from  summer  meadow's  bloom,  All  my  feelings'  charm  to  tell ; 
Peasants,  glad  that  toil  is  ended.  Yes,  this  simple  twilight  season, 

And  with  pealing  voices  blended^  Though  despised  by  boasted  reason. 

Seek  again  their  happy  home  ;  —  Bids  my  purest  pleasures  swell. 


1. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 
E    MINOR. — HARMONIC   FORM. 


^rTTTjr^-^ 


39 


m 


-A  \    d    ^ 


^^^=m^^3^^^ 


J=^=F=^ 


i 


;.i^|r;rf  cir  ^^^g^ 


»    MJ     ^ 


MELODIC    FORM. 


f^j-^^^fj^rV^f^^^^^tti-'ri^  j  /QTj^ 


THE  SUMMER  LEAVES  ARE   SCATTER'D. 


i 


*■ 


i 


^ 


fct: 


-#^ 


^1-^ 


1.  The   sum  -  mer  leaves  are  scat  -  ter'd,Torii  from  the  with  -  er'd  spray; 

2.  The  woods  that    late  were  ring  -  ing,    Are   si  -  lent     as      the  dead ; 


^^^ 


H 


IK 

So     life,     by  vain  dreams  flat-ter'd,   Must  soon  to      dust    de  -  cay. 
The  birds  have  ceas'd  their  sing- ing,   Love  with  them,  too,  has  fled. 


3  When  Springtime  is  returning, 
Then  Love  shall  reappear ; 
The  songs  for  which  we're  yearning 
We  then  again  shall  hear. 


4    Then,  Winter,  welcome  hither, 
With  garments  white  and  new! 
The  germ  —  it  cannot  wither, 
He  guards  it  e'er  so  true. 


We  recommend  a  patient  study  of  the  few  songs  in  the  minor  scale.  At 
first  they  will  be  uninteresting ;  but  if  the  pupils  persevere  till  they  become 
familiar  with  them,  they  will  grow  in  favor,  both  with  teacher  and  pupils,  from 
5  ear  to  year. 


40 


NEW   THIKD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    KEADER. 


D     MAJOR. — HARMONY   OF    THE    FIRST    DEGREE    (I). 
1.  a.  b.  c.  d.  rf.  f. 


-^- 


La.a^  I  :rt^^f^ 


HARMONIES    OF    THE    FIFTH    DEGREE    (V,  V^). 
2.  a.  b.  c.  d.  e. 


i 


31 


i^vn^n^^ 


<y  ^g: 


a.  6.  e. 


i 


isz: 


3: 


^^^^^ 


-&- 


^ 


i 


p~i  I  Jir  ^ 


4=^=^4 


J-J^I-lj^TT^^VTIg 


V7 


V  I 


5. 


J  ^j  J  J 


^^^^^^^ 


V7      V       I  I        V       I        V  I 


P 


HARMONY  OF  THE  FOURTH  DEGREE  (IV) 
6.  a.  b.  c. 

a. 


e.  f. 


-i9 Sh- 


^  -^   ^^ 


IV 


7. 


^^ 


i 


*^ 


^3 


1^ — # 


I     '     1 


IV 


^^ 


1 


» 


fS         g? 


r^ 


I    r  r  I 

I   V  I  v 


IV   I   IV   V    I 


From  the  French.  -(- 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 
PLEASURES   OP  STUDY. 


41 


Imler. 


1.  Of      all     the  pleas-ures   of-fer'd     In     life     to  us     be  -  low,       The 

2.  All     qui  -  et  in     my     dwell-ing,With  some  good  book  in  hand,    They 


k^^^=^^^£U^^^^j^r^-n^j^ 


I 


iJ  c  r  '^^r^^^^^Y^t^ 


joys    by  stud  -  y 
charm   be-yond  all 


prof  -  f er'd.  Are    those     I     love     to     know, 
tell  -  ing,  They  bright  -  en     all     the     land. 


3  The  treasures  old  of  ages 
Are  gathered  all  around. 
The  wisdom  of  the  sages, 
Inspiring  thought  profound. 


4  The  poets  sing  in  numbers 
So  sweet  unto  my  heart ! 
They  wake  from  idle  slumbers, 
And  cause  my  tears  to  start. 


IN   APRIL. 


U~i-4U 


¥ 


German. 


m 


w 


t^ 


1.  O  dew 

2.  The  air, 


y,  sweet  spring  ev'n-ing.  Thou  art     to    me 

so  warm  and  balm  -  y,  Breathes  like  the  breath,  of  love 


so  dear ! 


mmm 


M, 


m 


The  skies  with  clouds  are   cur  -  tained,  A     star    but  here     and  there. 
Each  breeze   a     vio  -  let      per  -  fume  Wafts  up     to    me      a  -  bove. 


3  A  song  like  this  sweet  ev'ning 
I  fain  would  sing ;  —  in  vain 
The  tone  —  so  soft,  so  gentle  — 
I  never  shall  attain ! 


42 


NEW   THIED    ifATIOKAL   MUSIC   EEADEE. 


FAREWELL    TO    HOME. 


n 


m 


SiLESIAN. 


^^ 


5^    .     .  .     ^ 

Bit  -  ter    tears  must  flow,     I 

For  my      fa-ther's  sake  will 

c)    5  Oh !   ye       ro  -  ses  red,     in 

~*   (    I    shall     no  -  more  see    how 


•I 


must  far        off       go,  I     must 

I  com  -  fort  take,  Tho'    in 

my  gar  -    den  bed.  And   ye 

ye  bloom  for        me.  Nor  your 


^m^-B^^i^^m 


u    li    ''  "  "  "  ' 

Oh,   to  -  day  we  leave  our  home,In  an- 
Oh,  my  flowerSjWeep  with  me.  We'll  no 

I  I 


leave    my  much-loved     home, 
dis  -  tant  lands    I  roam. 

flow 

grate  -  f ul     f ra  -  grance  smell 


.} 


i 


:it==i: 


^ 


'  c  i  i  re-  c  '  ^  ^^ 


oth  -  er    land   to  roam ;  So,    be 
more  each  oth  -  er     see  ;  So,    be 


lov  -  ed    home,  fare  -  well! 
lov  -  ed    home,  fare    -  welll 


3  From  the  fields,  so  green  in  their  beauty  seen, 
I  shall  gather  no  more  flowers ; 
In  the  pleasant  glade,  with  its  cooling  shade, 
I  shall  no  more  pass  the  hours ; 
Oh,  farewell,  each  pleasant  tree, 
That  I  nevermore  shall  see. 
And,  beloved  home,  farewell ! 


Coda. 


m 


^ 


$ 


^ — ^ — ^ — f    f — 5  r~f 

V    \j    a    \     \j    ^    ^ 


^o 


i 


fare  -  well,  be  -  lov  -  ed    home.  So     fare  -  well,  be  -  lov  -  ed 


m 


t 


^^ 


-i — v-^ 

home.    So     fare  -  well,     be    -    lov 


ed 


home 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SOIfG. 
B    MINOR. —  HARMONIC    FORM. 

9 

-I 


43 


Theo.  Brath. 


3=^ 


mm 


w^ 


^ — ^ 


^  sf 


$ 


n  f  f  r  f-^^i=^i=i 


^ 


^^^ 


^ — # 


MELODIC    FORM. 


^i  I J  J  rjj#tJU»MtJ=^ 


^ 


*  *  ^--^  * 


THE  MINER  DWELLS  IN    GLOOMY  NIGHT. 


NOT  TOO  SLOW. 


^ 


1111=^ 


t=t 


:p=^ 


S      d       4      4r 


--¥ 


S       S 


1.  The  miner  dwells  in  gloomy  iiight,Nor  needs  the  warm  sun's  cheering  liglit,The 

2.  The  ore  that  looks  so  rough  and  plain,  Doth  gold  and  silver  yet  contain,  Doth 


m 


5 


j=^ 


r   ^   J 


^^ 


# 


warm  sun's  cheer-ing     light, 
sil  -  ver     yet     con  -  tain; 


The     roll  -  ing  stars  shine  not,  nor  the 
From  deep-est,  deep-est  caves,  and  with 


i 


^ — N — V 


m 


^ 


7c=i 


^ — ^- 


-¥^ 


fczt^ 


atzi: 


i^ 


chang-ing  moon's  pale  ray,  Where  the  prince  of  earth  doth  hold  his  sway, 
sor-row  and  with  toil.  Doth  the  mi-  ner  bring  his    treas  -  ur'd  spoil. 


3  The  polished  ore  —  't  is  this  that  mam 
Pursues  j|:with  all  the  zeal  he  can  ;  :jj 
Then  use  it  prudently ;  of  its  dangers,  oh,  beware, 
For  the  metal  bright  brings  woe  and  care. 


44 


NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


I 


ft 


A     MAJOR. HARMONY    OF    THE    FIRST    DEGREE    (I). 

a.  b.  c.  d. 


U\''>\".\'.\ 


12- 


<j      '      rj- 


iz. 


^ 


I 


ft 


HARMONIES    OF    THE    FIFTH    DEGREE    (V,  V^). 
a.         b.  c.  d.  3. 


h-H-H^H4 


3?: 


^    i  igg 


^m 


Y7 


i 


M 


?=H 


t 


^ 


S=J^^EfEEl 


V7 


a  J  J  j  jij 


^^ 


f  ^  ;'  f  f'f 


r.    : 


Y7     V 


I       I    y7    I 


rr 


\7      Y        I 


HARMONY    OF    THE    FOURTH    DEGREE    (IV). 

a.  b.  c.  d.  e. 


i 


I  I "  I  -<  I  ^  I  '-I 


is: 


¥ 


IV 


I 


tt 


s=t 


Sas 


IV 


A 


^-^k^L4 


^^^^ 


m 


^^  r    r  T 


IV 


IV        V 


r 

I 


A 


^#^F^ 


,   -    J 


m 


-^1 


x:^2 


V       I         IV 


IV      I 


V       I 


BOOK. I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 
THE   SEASONS. 

^ 


^ 


45 


l4l^^X^l 


^^^ 


rr 


Vf 


1.  How    fair        are  the     sea  -   son's  bright  chang 

2.  First,  Spring,  with  its      as    -    pect  so        «heer 


uig, 


As 
Wakes 


i 


ftL^^:  ;j|j.  nnu  J  J 


f=f 


^  r     Urrttn 


years  trav  -  el    on      in  their  flight ! 
nat  -  ure    to   rapt  -  ure  a  -  gain. 


How  kind  -  ly     and  well  God  ar- 
Be  -  hold  the     gay  verd-  ure  ap- 


i 


i*fet^ 


^f^^^ES 


^ 


tJTnrr 


rang 
pear 


mg, 


Their  course  for  man's  joy    and     de  -  light ! 
O'er  wood-land,  o'er  mead-ow    and    plain  I 


3  Then  Summer,  with  warm  days  propitious, 

To  ripen  the  products  of  May, 
And  mild,  cooling  fruits,  to  refresh  us 
When  scorched  by  the  sun's  burning  ray : 

4  And,  laden  with  many  a  blessing. 

Comes  Autumn,  her  gifts  to  impart ; 
The  vine,  with  its  load  to  earth  pressing. 
To  cheer  and  to  gladden  the  heart. 

5  And  when  the  cold  Winter  is  strowing 

The  snow-covered  meadows  with  white. 
We  heed  not  the  winds  that  are  blowing,  — 
The  tempest  but  gives  us  delight. « 

6  Then  give  me  the  seasons'  fair  changes, 

As  years  travel  on  in  their  flight ; 
How  kindly  and  well  God  arranges 

Their  course  for  man's  joy  and  delight ! 


46 


NEW   THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


ADAGIO. 

7> 


THE  MOON. 

mf 


i 


1.  Love-lymoon!  that  soft-ly  glides  Thro' the  realms  where  God  a-bides, 

2.  In    the  gloom- y    night,  thy  ray  Lights  the  pil- grim     on     his  way; 


m=^^ 


PP3 


^ 


^1r=i- 


^ 


a 


^^^^^^ 


W  u  r 


Thro'  the  realms  of     up  -  per  sky.        In  the  arch  -  ed  heav'ns  on  high ! 
When  the  shades  of   darkness  come.  Thou  dost  guide  him  to  his  home. 

3  Bright  thy  smile  when  cares  annoy, 
Token  of  that  heav'nly  joy 
That  shall  reign  in  realms  above, 
Breaking  forth  in  songs  of  love. 


OUR  NATIVE   LAND. 


i 


tf 


Methfessel. 

> 


't^ 


^ 


1.  Come, 

2.  Old 


let 
O 


us 
cean 


r 

raise 
bore 


a        cheer 
from     Mam 


p   r    r 

ful      song.    With 
mon's   marts    The 


i^^^ 


F=^ 


Tf 


ces ;     To      Free  -  dom's  land     our 
er;       It       bios  -  soms   yet,     and 

^ ^^- 


strong      u    -    nit    -    ed       voi 
plant      of      Free  -  dom    hith 


i 


tfj=* 


^m 


strains    be-long ;  The    ech  -  oing  earth 
glads    our  hearts,  And  we'll  not     let 


]01C 

with 


r 


3  Come,  one  and  all,  around  we  stand ; 
Come,  join  the  swelling  chorus, 
And.  praise  our  goodly  native  land, 
Our  father-land  that  bore  us. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


47 


i 


^ 


F-Sharp  minor. 


Theo.  Drath. 


# 


»^ 


^ 


^-#— ^ 


:il 


^^ 


r  r  1 1  r  r  ^  N 


2± 


3. 


^'^i^^^'i'i'i'i';,!!,.';,! 


W.   E.    HiCKSON. 
SLOWLY. 


J 


ABSENT    FRIENDS. 


J.  R.  Webbk. 


^=^#^ 


m 


1 


r-4E3 


^S3 


Me  g  r  f 


f 


f  1^ 


r 


1.  Friends  and     old    com  -  pan  -  ions  dear,  Tho'   far,    far      a  -way, 

2.  Time  steals    on,    and    you      re-main    Still  far,    far      a  -  way, 


y 


i= 


al- a  ■  i  \  i^i^^^ 


f 


f; 


r 


In        our  dreams  you     oft     ap-pear, Though  far,   far      a    -  way. 
But       we    hope    to    meet     a-gain,  Though  far,   far      a    -  way. 


^^^^^^^ 


Think  not  we     can     e'er  for-get  The  pleas-  ant  hours  when  last  we  met, 
Yes,  we  hope   a  -  gain  to  meet,And  then  our    joy     will      be  complete, 


^ 


l^ff^ 


I 


^^^=-.  I  J ./  J    *  I  J   t 


$ 


^Pl 


In-deed,  dear  friendsjwe  love  you  yet,  Tho*  far,      far      a    -  way. 
For  now,  dear  friends,  the  tho't  is  sweet,  Tho*  far,      far      a    -   way. 


48 


NKW   THIRD    iq-ATIOI^-AL   MUSIC   READER. 


F    MAJOR. HARMONY   OF    TH»  FIRST    DEGREE    (T). 

1.  a.  h.  c.  d.  e.  f. 


^^^^^^^^^ 


HARMONIES    OF    THE    FIFTH   DEGREE    (V,  V^). 
a.         h.         e.         d.         e.         f.         3. 


^=^ij^+^b^ 


s 


-i& 


y7 


k^4^-t£zi 


wt- 


^^ 


-^^—i 


? 


^^^ 


V7 


Wt^  1 1  /  Y^^^ 


I^ 


V7       I         Y^ 


V7      V  I 


HARMONY   OF    THE    FOURTH    DEGREE    (IV). 

a.  b.  c.  d.  e.  f.  g. 


^^^^^S 


1221 


IV 


-lar 


^ 


7. 


P 


t:    f     J      I     J 


?^ 


tli 


IV 


8. 


#i^ 


W^^flW 


-4^^ 


I      IV     I 


V7    V        I         I    IV      I 


9. 


I 


^=j=t^.iL;faU=J=j 


V7      V       I 


^ 


^-^-f- 


I        -      IV      I         IV 


IV     V  I 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


49 


ON    THE    MOUNTAIN. 


From  the  French.  -\- 

GAILT,   NOT   TOO   FAST. 


Swiss-French. 


frnritt^ 


$ 


t^ 


r-c  I  '^'  t^  \~^^^ 


Health-f ul    breez  -  es,  fresh-  ly  blow  -  ing,  Give  me  cour  -  age  for  the  strife, 
Plain  and    cit    -    y  stretch  be-fore   me;   Far  a- bove,th'e -ter-nal  snow; 


S 


J    J,   J        I     J    h:=i=4 


lX 


i 


t 


i;    b    r     '     P    ^    "•  ^     '       ^ 

Ta  -  a  -  fa 
And  the  scent     of  green  things  growing,     In  -  spires  me 

Lord,  while  gaz  -  ing     I        a  -  dore  Thee,With  heart's  fer  ■ 


with 
vent 


life, 
glow. 


For  my  mother's  love,  so  tender,  Let  me  thanks  and  praises  render, 

For  my  country,  brave  and  strong,  O  God,  in  my  song. 


I 


e 


WANDERING    SONG. 


^ 


^ 


# 


m 


rT^3-F^ 


\^      ^    D     w 
Breez -es  soft  I    feel    re 
Fare  thee  well !  I  now  must 


turn  -  mg, 
leave  thee, 


m 


Her  -  aids  of  the  dew  -  y 
Na  -  tivehome,  to  me  so 


% 


^^ 


t 


t 


Spring !    Now  my  ea  -  ger  soul  is 
dear ;     Distant  lands  wait  to    re 


yearn-ing  ;     Fain    Iwouldbe  wan-der- 
ceive  me;    Hope  my  longing  heart  doth 


/ 


i 


j^r^  J   '  /■    h-^^=^=:^: 


^ 


i^^ 


^^^^^^=m^ 


f^=f 


1 — r  .     . 

ing  !  Where  the  white  mists  hang  in  shad  -  ows  O'er  the  mountain  peaks  and 
cheer ;  Life  hath  many  a  glad    be  -  gin  -  ning;  Ventures  bold  are  half  the 

mf 


i 


&^ 


f=f 


^^^m 


^ 


^1 


mead  -  ows, Thither  am      i  wander-  ing :  Then  my  staff,  oh !  quickly  bring ! 
winning ;  Hope  the  wand'rer's  heart  doth  cheer !  Fare  thee  well,  my  home  so  dear! 


50 


NEW  THIRD   KATION^AL   MUSIC   READER. 


1. 


I 


a 


D  MINOR. HARMONIC    FORM. 

1 


Theo.  Drath. 


^^ 


E^ 


S       f       ^ 


s      ^ 


4 Z5^ 


MELODIC    FORM. 


pj  J  J  JiJf'r  rifiM' 


^ # 


3. 


I 


^ 


^ ^ 


-25^ zqr 

Ev'n-ing  shades  are      fall  -  ing         O  -  ver    hill     and    plain, 


|i 


-p — #■ 


# 


n 


Tran-quil  peace   re    -    call   -  ing    .        To     the  world    a   -   gain. 


SHORTNESS    OP    LIFE, 


I 


^ 


^ 


i 


^ 


EZir 


^— ^ 


V — y- 


1.  All  erea-tures  earth  doth  nourish,  All    mor  -  tals  are  but  clay;      They 

2.  We  live  but  by  the  pow  -  er     That  gives  the  rose  its  bloom  ;     We 


^ 


3^ 


m 


for        a      mo-ment  flour  -  ish,  Then     per  -  ish,death's  sure   prey, 
per  -  ish    as    the    flow    -  er,  When  God  shall  speak  our  doom. 


3  To  Heav'n  who  consecrateth 
His  life,  on  earth  is  blest ; 
In  holy  fear  he  waiteth 
For  his  eternal  rest. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


51 


B-FLAT    MAJOR. HARMONY   OF    THE    FIRST    DEGREE    (I). 

!•  a.  b.  c.  d.  e.  f.  g. 


|— I  „  I  .  M  :.  I  gS 


22: 


%    ■    o 


HARMONIES    OF    THE  FIFTH   DEGREE    (V,  V^). 

a.  6.  c.  d.  e.  f. 


i 


\ '.'.  I ::  I «  I ;.  h.  Ea 


is: 


is: 


6. 


d. 


m 


H  I  -;  I ,  J  ::  -^ 


V7 


^E^ 


i^ 


i 


r 


V7 


2* 


^J       JlJ       J       J^ 


iN 


t^^^ 


I         _       ^      V7     Y      I       - 


V      -       I 


I      V7     I 


HARMONY  OF  THE  FOURTH  DEGREE  (IV). 
a.        b.         c.         d.         7. 


is: 


f  IV 


^ 


ES 


IV 


y?  ] 


P^^^^i^ 


EE53 


P^P^ 


^- 


IV 


iEEE^EF^^^^feEi^^EEEfEi 


^ 


^-^^-r-7 


f 


^^rr 


V  IV        I         V7        I  IV  V 


52 


XEW   THIRD     XATIONAL    MUSIC    READER. 


TO  A  BUTTERFLY. 


Jane  Tatloh. 


Mathusius. 


^=^i 


n 


5 


4- 


,   ,  '  I  I   r  r  r  r^r^r-r  r 

1.  Poor,  harm-less  in-sect,  thith-er    fly,  And  life's  short  hour  en  -  joy; 

2.  Why  should  my  ty  -  rant  will  sus-pend  A      life  by  Wis-dom  giv'n, 


'Tis     all  thou  hast,  and  why  should  I  That  lit -tie    all    de-stroy? 
Or      soon  -  er  bid  thy    be  -  ing  end,  Than  was  de-signed  by  Heav'n  ? 


m 


3  Lost  to  the  joys  which  reason  knows, 

So  restless  and  so  frail, 
'T  is  thine  to  wander  where  the  rose 
Perfumes  the  cooling  gale  ; 

4  To  bask  upon  the  sunny  bed, 

The  damask  flower  to  kiss, 


To  range  along  the  bending  shade 
Is  all  thy  little  bliss. 

5  Then  flutter  still  thy  silken  wings, 
In  rich  embroid'ry  drest, 
And  sport  upon  the  gale  that  flings 
Sweet  odors  from  his  vest. 


From  the  French,  -j- 


LOVE   OP   COUNTRY. 


■k- 


rWTTT^ 


p  1^     IP 

1.  Na  -  tive  land,  our  fondest  love  is  ev  -  er  thine.      When  we  stand  on 

2.  Be      thou  blest,  may  ev-'ry     e  -  vil  from  thee  fly,      Heav'n-  ly  rest  en- 


hee  we  pme. 


for  -  eign  shores,  for  thee  we  pme, 
fold    thee.   Peace  be    ev  -  er  nigh. 


For    the  state  -  ly  moun  -  tain, 
Faith-f  ul,  strong  and  stead  -  y. 


^=4 


^ 


i:^=^ 


m 


f=PT^ 


For  the  sil  -v'ry  f oun-  tain,   Fra  -  grant  flower,  and      vine.  .  . 
For  thy  fame  we're  read- y      Yal  -  iant  -  ly  to        die. 


m 


BOOK   I.  —  TWO-PART  SOKG. 
G    MIISrOR. MELODIC    FORM. 


53 


TnKO.  Dratii. 


ELj  f  f  nt 


^m 


2. 


I 


^ 


f — #- 


I 


^E^E^Efet 


E^EI^ 


jr    ^  il<L 


^ 


^ 


^      -^    '     ^ 


CHIIiL  AUTUMN'S  HERE. 


MODERATO. 


i 


Efe^E^S^ 


^ 


1.  Chill  Autumn's  here,the  trees  are  bare,Tlie  winds  are  howling  in  madness ; 

2.  The  herdsman  lone  in  mournful  tone  For  joys  de-part -ed  is    griev-ing; 


fcs: 


^iF* 


I 


The  storks  are  fled,  the  swallows  sped,The  crick-et's  song  hiish'd  in  sadness. 
With  piteous  cry   the  herds  re- ply,    Their  pastures  green  sadly  leaving. 


3  At  dewy  night  the  moon's  cold  light 

Looks  down  on  broad  glist'ning  meadows : 
While  slowly  rise  to  upper  skies 
Pale  mists,  o'erhanging  in  shadows. 

4  O  Autumn  drear !  thy  vestige  here 

But  tells  of  woe  and  prostration ; 
The  aching  breast  is  sore  oppressed 
With  grief  and  sad  desolation. 

5  The  soul  would  fain  fly  from  the  pain 

That  now  so  bitterly  presses, 
And  soar  above,  to  freely  rove 

In  realms  where  Spring  ever  blesses. 


54 


XEW   THIRD    N^ATION-AL   MUSIC    READER. 


E-FLAT     MAJOR. HARMONY    OF    THE    FIRST    DP^GREP:    (I). 

1.  a.  h.  <:  d.  e.  f. 

t 


f^r4^-h4»=^^ 


HARMONIES    OF    THE  FIFTH    DEGREE    (V,  V^). 

a.  b.  c.  d.  e.  f. 


I   \\A^\'Am 


-i& — 


:s: 


^■-•^    - 


V 


L;U-^^^ 


^O?: 


isn 


is: 


Tv 


i 


m 


V7 


I  V         I  V7        I 


^ 


I      V7    I     IV    V      I       V    y7      I 


HARMONY    OF    THE    FOURTH    DEGREE    (IV). 

a.  h.  c.  d.  e.  f.  g.  h. 


gfc 


is: 


III  I  - 1  - 1 '.-gjgj 


:s: 


^r^^ 


IV 


I.','  I J 


I  IV  V  I 


-^ 


8. 


^ 


W 


n 


-       -        IV 


f=f= 


I  -         V7  -  I 


BOOK   I.  —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


65 


THE  THREE  DELIGHTS, 


mm^^^^m 


1.  Birds    in     the    branch -es  high,  Sing  sweet  -  est       mel  -    o  -  dy, 

2.  Flow  -  ers     in       thous-ands  bloom,  Rich  in    their    sweet    per-fume, 


^ 


-I 


i=Pf^=^ 


JL 


-^ 


& 


U  rr     'r  r  r-^ 


rt 


I 


Hid-den  from  sight ; 
Scent-ing  the     air; 

I 


Lis-t'ners  from  far  and     near  Gath-er,     their 
They, with  their  col  -  ors  bright,  Give  to      the 


m 


^ 


n 


t 


i-nn^ 


m 


f^ 


F^ 


r~r^~^ 


song  to     hear,  Fill'd  with  de  -  light,         Fill'd  with     de    -    light, 
eye    de  -  light.  Springing  so      fair,  Spring-ing      so         fair. 


3  Streams  from  the  mountains  high, 
Onward  flow  peacefully, 

Down  to  the  vale ; 
Creatures,  both  man  and  beast, 
Come,  the  sweet  draught  to  taste 

11:  That  cannot  fail.  :|| 


4  Say,  have  ye  pondered,  too, 
What  hand  so  good  and  true, 

Made  these  delights? 
'Tis  the  good  God  above, 
Who  in  his  power  and  love 

II :  Goodness  requites.  :|| 


i 


THE  INNOCENT. 


J.  C.  Johnson. 


^S 


^^a, 


1.  Oh,  how  pure- ly,   oh,  how  sure- ly,  Live  the  in-    no -cent  in  heart! 

2.  Angels,standing  where  we're  wand*r-ing, Watch  our  walk  and  guard  our  way  5 


1^ 


3 


fe 


PW 


1 


rrrmn 


mn 


Ev   -  er  light- ly,   ev  -   er  brightly,  Ev- 'ry    hour  doth  joy     im-part. 
Like  the  show-ers  on     the  flow-ers,  So  fall  blessings    all     the  day. 


56 


KEW   THIRD    KATIOiq^AL   MUSIC    READER. 


GOD   THY  HELPER. 


-J^ 


:^ 


*=i: 


m 


-4=s-- 


t 


23: 


H^^'^^^H^^ 


t 


1.  Work  with  God      up  -on  thy    side  I        Hum-bly     on       his   aid  re- 

2.  Work  with  God      up  -  on  thy    side  I  Would'st  thou  gain    for  what  thou 


^=^F^=^ 


t 


^S 


J 


^ 


sn^^ft 


f^^=^ 


1^-t/- 


ly    -    ing,     Self  de  -  pend  -  ence  e'er   de  -    ny    -  ing;     This  will 
striv  -  est,     And  the    end        for  which  thou     liv    -  est,  Choose  Him 


S 


^ 


keep     thy  heart  from  pride.  Work  with  God      up  -  on  thy     side! 
for    thine  on  -  ly     Guide.  Work  with  God      up  -  on  thy     side  1 


3-  Work  with  God  upon  thy  side! 
Courage  will  thy  Helper  send  thee. 
And  through  all  thy  work  befriend  thee ; 
There  alone  doth  strength  abide. 
Work  with  God  upon  thy  side ! 


I 


GERMAN  CHORAL. 


lall    I      ren-der      to    my   God,  Foi 


i^ 


W 


S] 


f 


V 


~^ 


III 

1.  What  shall    I      ren-der      to    my   God,  For     all  his  kindness  shown ? 

2.  How  hap  -  py     all  thy    ser-vants  are,  How  great  thy  grace  to  me ! 


J    ^\'^    J\r]    .i 


rrrTr 


i 


r  V  r^  rr  t^Y^f  'f^^  rfrr 


My    feet  shall  vis  -  it    thine  a  ■  -  bode,  .My    songs  address  thy  throne. 
My  life, which  Thou  hast  made  thy     care,  Lord,  I        de  -  vote  to  Thee. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 
C    MINOR. —  HARMONIC   FORM. 


57 


1. 


Theo.  Drath. 


I 


E^ 


j-^   J   [  \\^ 


^ 


f 


|S 


^ 


^ 


,1 a)     I    » ^ 


JT^       ^^=' 


^ 


? — f— fi=g-nr 


ps 


MELODIC    FORM. 

» 


i 


fe^rrtrfT^j  ij  J  J  J I 


^— *— * 


THERE    IS    A   FRIEND    ABOVE    US. 


German. 


|fet;'ij  /jtVtjI-  nrrt^^i 


1.  There  is      a  Friend  a  -  bove   us, Whose  dai-  ly   gifts  we      share, 

2.  There  is     an  Eye  most  ho  -  ly.  That  slumbers  not,  nor     sleeps ; 


1 


E 


^^^^ 


A  Fath  -  er  who  doth  love    us,  And  for    our  safe  -  ty      care. 
That  looks  up  -  on    the   low  -  ly.  And  watch  o'er  all  things  keeps. 

3  He  guards  us  in  our  slumber, 

Each  night  upon  our  bed, 
He  even  knows  the  number 
Of  hairs  upon  our  head. 

4  Then  who  can  ever  harm  us, 

Beneath  our  Father's  eye, 
Or  what  should  e'er  alarm  us. 
While  such  a  Friend  is  nigh  ? 


PART  III. -MODULATION. 


Every  musical  passage  or  tune  is  said  to  be  in  some  particular  scale  or  key ; 
but  frequently  it  goes  into  other  keys  than  that  in  which  it  begins.  This 
change,  from  one  scale  or  key  to  another,  is  called.  Modulation. 

The  easiest  and  most  common  modulation  is  into  the  scale  which  is  founded 
upon  the  fifth  of  that  in  which  the  tune  begins,  and  is  usually  indicated  by 
sharp  four.  You  have  met  with  this  change  frequently  in  the  tunes  you  have 
sung ;  and  they  have  given  you  no  trouble,  because  the  change  was  so  natural. 

We  will  notice  the  modulations  as  we  come  to  them. 


VIEW   OF   THE   MOST   COMMON  MODULATIONS. 

In    C   Major. 

From  C  major  to  G  major. 


*^   C:  1 


r^-^-^TTi 


1         7> 
G:  3; 


CONTENTMENT. 


J.  Gersbach. 


^^^^m 


^^3Ei 


r 


1.  My    cot  stands  on    the     val  -  ley,  Well  known  to  all    the    poor, 

2.  En-closed  with  hawthorn  hedg  -  es,  My      lit  -  tie    gar  -  den  grows, 


By      sun     and  moon  well  light -ed.  With   nut-trees   at      the   door. 
With  roots  and  herbs  and  ber  -  ries.  And  flow'rs  in  bloom  -  ing   rows. 


^^^^^ 


^ 


^ 


^"^^  Z  t   f 


The  birds  build  there  in      qui    -    et,    The     sha  -  dy  boughs  a  -  mong, 
A      lit    -    tie  brook  runs  wind  -  ing      A  -  long  the  green  re  -  treat, 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


59 


And  when  the  morn  -  ing      blush-es,  They  wake  me    with     a     song. 
With  wa  -  ter    cool    and      sparkling,  And     oh,  how   cool   and  sweet  1 


In  this  my  peaceful  valley, 

Who  is  so  rich  as  I  ? 
The  fields  provide  my  dainties, 

The  brooks  my  drink  supply. 


I  sleep,  in  peace  and  quiet, 
Till  waked  by  Robin's  call. 

Then  rise,  and  thank  my  Father, 
Who  guards  and  gives  us  all. 


PAR   AWAY, 


Jiz^/iJ    J  I  J- 


1.  Earth,  thou  art  fair  in  thy  beau  -  ty     bright !    See-ing  thy  won-ders  were 

2.  Thro'  meadows  green  flows  the  winding  stream,  Fish  gai  -  ly  sport  in  the 


f??"WfffW^^ 


my    de  -  light ;  From  coun-try    to  coun  -  try,  oh,  would  I  might  roam.  Might 
sunlight's  gleam ;  The  wild  mountain  tor-rents  un  -  ceas  -  ing  -  ly  pour.     Till 


^yfif4t^^^ 


^ 


t 


*nat 


V  c  r 


wan  -  der    as     far      as    the    o  -  cean's  foam !     Yes !      far     a  -  way    my 
lost      in    the    din     of    the     o  -  cean's  roar.       Yes !      far     a  -  way    my 

J- 


^ 


^3^ 


^ 


t 


f 


M:-T+rr^r 


soul     longs  to    be.        Yes,    far     a  -  way    my     soul  longs  to    be, 

3  Birds,  ye  are  winging  your  joyous  flight 
Far  o'er  the  valley  and  mountain  height  I 
I  mournfully  gaze  as  ye' onward  are  borne, 
And  leave  me  your  absence  alone  to  mourn. 
Yes !  far  away  my  soul  longs  to  be. 
Yes  !  far  away  my  soul  longs  to  be. 


60 


KEW  THIRD   KATIOKAL   MUSIC   READER. 

In  G  Major. 


From  G  major  to  D  major. 


i 


Ht^\*i:r(\\w^ 


G:  1 


2        3        2 
D:  5 


fT 


From  G  major  to  C  major. 


i 


^ 


JehN; 


: 2;    1        7        1  ' 


G:  1 


PRAYER. 


m 


M 


i 


■4 — 0- 


rr  r  frm 


1.  Fa-ther,  who  hast  made  me,     Hear  myprayer,andaid      me        To  live 

2.  Brief  is  youth's  bright  morning;  Let  me,then,takewarn  -  ing,      Ere   it 


^^ 


$ 


1=^=* 


-# — # 


rTrTTTTT 


free  from  sin;         Let  thy  love  in  -  spire   me,  And  thy  Spir-it    fire    me; 
whol-ly    goes ;       Care-less  -  ly    to  spend    it.  Heedless  what  may  end    it, 


i 


i=i 


i=F^ 


^ 


3=^ 


Warmmy  heart  within,         That     its        light     Thine  im- age       bright 
Bring-eth  bit -ter  woes;        And    nn    -    less       Thou  wilt  me       bless, 


I'  1 1 1  i  ii  1'  / 1'  1^ ,' .; 


ttf^^ 


i 


rrzrr 


May  re -fleet  in    me  more  clearly,Cherished  by  Thee    dear      -      ly. 
And  from  e    -  vil  me    de  -  liv  -  er,    It      is   lost  for  -  ev        -        er. 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


61 


INCITEMENT  TO  SING. 


Chorus.      ALLEGRETTO. 


^ 


N      N      N      N 


m 


* 


t 


t 


^ 


^ 


1          r        -^           '         t         I  ^         ^  V      \J 

1.  Let    us     sing  I     broth -ers,  sing!  Let  us  not  be  fear  -  ful,  Joy    is 

2.  Earth  is      fair,       pass  -  ing    fair !  True,our  life  of  glad  -ness  Mingles 

N       N       N       N 


HHiii^ 


for  the  good;       One  and  all    be  cheer -ful,  Sing  in  hap -py  mood  I 
oft  with  woe ;       Ma-ny  a  tear  of    sad  -  ness  From  the  eye  must  flow. 

Soli. 


^^^m^^m 


Let   us  sing!     broth-ers,sing !        God   looks  down  from  heav'n  above  us, 
Yet, 'tis  here       pass-ing    fair!     When    wemourn,0      Fath-er,  send  us 

Chorus. 

-N-r-i -F=H-d h,-i  ' 


mrmmw^ 


Hears    our  song,  and    so  doth  love  us.    Let  us   sing !        brothers,  sing  1 
Com  -  fort,  and  thy    mer  -  cy  lend  us !  Earth  is   fair,         pass-ing  fair ! 


-fr|-j'  J'  s    ill     J  I    h— ^-^-^H — i  I  ^"  j^  J 


\J       V       V       \j 

Let    us  not  be  f ear  -  ful,   Joy    is    for  the  good;        One  and  all    be 
True,  our  life  of  glad  -  ness  Min-gles  oft  with  woe ;       Many  a    tear  of 


^ 


S 


t=t 


^ 


\j     ^    ^    \; 


f=t 


P^ 


I  ^  r 

cheer-ful.   Sing  in hap-py mood!      Let     us    sing!      broth  - ers,sing I 
sad- ness  From  the  eye  must  flow.     Yet,    'tis    here        pass  -  ing  fair. 


3  Let  us  sing !  brothers,  sing ! 
Let  us  be,  while  living, 

Gen'rous  as  we  can. 
Helping,  aiding,  giving. 

Loving  fellow-man. 


Let  us  sing  I  brothers,  sing ! 
Soli. — When  we  reach  our  home  in  heaven, 
Recompense  shall  there  be  given. 
Cho. — Let  us  sing !  brothers,  sing  1 
Let  us  be,  while  living,  etc. 


62 


NEW  THIRD  KATIOlfAL  MUSIC   READER. 


When  the  change  of  key  continues  only  two  or  four  measures,  and  then 
changes  back  to  the  key  in  which  it  began,  it  is  not  necessary  to  change  the  syl- 
lables ;  when  the  sharp  four  occurs,  it  will  cause  us  to  feel  the  change  of  key,  if 
we  give  attention  to  it. 

When  the  key  changes  and  continues  a  long  time,  as  in  the  two  following 
songs,  it  is  well  to  change  the  syllables,  and  sometimes  signatures,  as  in  these 
songs. 


From  the  French.  -\- 

FIBHLY  BUT  NOT  NOISILY, 


i 


IRON. 


A.  Bureau. 


^ 


tf: 


^ 


1.  Clang,  clang,  clang  1  the  forge  is  heating,Clang,  clang,  clang  \  the  fire  he  blows, 

2.  Clang,  clang,  clang!  the  forge  is  heating,Clang,  clang,  clang  I  the  fire  he  blows. 


fej 


^=t 


Efe 


s? 


-N-7— *- 


I 


Clang,  clang,  clang !  the  an-vil  beat-ing, Clang,  clang,  clang !   the  iron  glows. 
Clang,  clang,  clang  1  the  an-vil  beat-ing,Clang,  clang,  clang  1    the  iron  glows. 


^ 


« 


Friends,the  iron  strong,  with  the  steam,  Shall  dauntless  go  o'er  earth  and  ocean, 
Aid  the  farmer  tilling  thesoil.  Let's  give  the  plowshare  gleaming  brightly 


1= 


I>.C.\L 


'^^^  ir  f  r  a 


^^-^ 


^i=l 


Round  the  world  with  swift  locomotion  :  Help  to  fulfil  the  toil  -  er's  dream. 
That  his  la-bors,  going  more  lightly.  Yield  richer  harvests  for  his  toil. 


3  Clang,  clang,  clang !  the  forge  is  heating. 
Clang,  clang,  clang !  the  fire  he  blows. 
Clang,  clang,  clang !  the  anvil  beating. 
Clang,  clang,  clang !  the  iron  glows. 
Heat  the  iron  hot,  beat  it  well. 
Build  now  our  f act'ries  and  our  foundries. 
Engines  strong  that,  passing  our  bound'ries, 
Thunder  along  with  clang  of  bell. 
Clang,  clang,  clang,  etc. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


63 


SPRING   WISHES. 


^ 


^ 


i 


3^ 


t 


J 


-<9~ 


v-t 


r 


1  &  2.  Come   a  -  gain  1  come  a  -  gain !  come  a  -  gain !     .  Sweet  Spring  weath-er, 


i^ 


^=h 


^fe 


n 


im 


Haste  thee  hith  -  er  I  Spring,  come  reign  !  Spring,  come  reign  !  Come  a  - 


^ 


lit: 


m 


'        u    ^    ^     ^   u     u  \       u 


4=5=^: 


^'  -0- 


gain !  come  again !  come  again  !(l)Oh,come  bring  the  blossoms  back  again  !  The 

(2)Oh,come  bring  the  swallows  back  again !  They 


^^ 


mod  -est;      lit 


* 


tie    snow  -  drop    Al  -read  -  y       is       in    sight,    And 
come    and  build  their  nests     now  Just  where  they  did     of      old !   While 


•^       p    I)    \j    V    I 


^ 


^ 


s 


c  t  r 


ev  -  'ry  day  we  watch    it    With  won  -  der    and    de  -  light ; 
we  with  joy  and  won  -  der    The    bus  -  y    scene  be  -  hold. 


We 

And, 


i 


^rnn^^ 


5 


won  -  der  where,since  Au    -    tumn.  Its      lit-  tie     life       it  kept; 
cu  -  ri  -  ous,  keep  ask    -    ing,  "Where  have  the  swal-lows  been 

p 

k 


And 

Since 

D.C. 

t 


^iiiiu^ii^ir^  'iV'^i, ' 


■•  ^  •  ^  ^  '^  D 1^  ^  r 

if,  all  thro'  theWinter,Beneath  the  snow  it  slept.  Come  a  -  gain  ! 

hillside,field,and  forest  In  Autumn  lost  their  green  ?  "  Come  a  -  gain  I 


64 


NEW  THIKD    NATIOKAL  MUSIC   READER. 


From  D  major  to  A  major. 


In   D   Major. 


r&^=i=H 


^^ 


w 

D:  1 


:l\ 


TTTT^ffr 


SONG    OP    TRUTH. 


^^  / 1  / 1^  m  ti^^ 


k 


1.     He  can  boast    a  price -less  treas-ure  Who  a      true  heart  e'er  hath 

vade  us,  And  our    lot  seems  hard    to 
?  # 


2.  Though  at  times  dis-tress  in 


I 


i 


It 


^ 


J  ,  Jii  i-Ul 


ggg^^yr? 


i 


T— r 


known ;  He  is    blest  be  -  yond  all    meas-ure  Who  the  precious  gem  doth 
bear,    Still,  a  true  heart  e'er  shall    aid    us   To  re-  move  the  weight  of 

J-1 


m 


^ 


m 


^ 


f=f-f 


i 


own.  Grief  o*erwhelms  me  not,  nor  need.  For  a  friend  I  have    in-deed. 
care.  Grief  o'erwhelms  me  not,  nor  need.  For  a  friend  I   have     in-deed. 

3  True  delight  it  findeth  ever 
In  a  neighbor's  truthfulness  ; 
When  misfortune  comes,  it  never 
Leaves  a  brother  in  distress.     Grief,  etc. 

'    4  Worldly  friends  our  love  will  cherish 
Only  while  our  fortunes  last ; 
*  Beauty,  too,  shall  quickly  perish ; 

But  the  true  heart  standeth  fast.     Grief,  etc. 

5  Far  or  near,  in  joys  or  sorrows. 

Firm  the  true  heart  stands  through  all ; 
Never  useless  trouble  borrows ; 

Quickly  rises,  though  it  fall.     Grief,  etc. 

*  The  question-marks  are  intended  as  warnings  of  points  requiring  special 
thought  or  care.  In  the  above  instances  they  mark  the  modulation  from  D  to 
A,  and  back. 


n 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


65 


^^ 


LORELEY.  * 


i^'iu'Ji  ll^nyi^ 


1.  Oh,      tell       me  what       it    mean  -  eth,  This  gloom  and  tear  -  ful 

2.  A    -    bove    the    maid  -  en      sit  -  teth,     A    won-drous    form    and 


g 


H  tV  iu^ 


?iM^ 


^ 


9 


eye? 
fair : 


'T  is    mem'ry    that  re  -  tain  -  eth    The  tale     of  years  gone 
With  jew-  els  bright  she  plait  -  eth  Her  shin  -  ing  gold -en 


by. . .      The  fad-ing  light  grows  dimmer,  The  Rhine  doth  calmly  flow : 
hair ;    With  comb  of  gold  pre-pares  it,  The  task  with  song  be-guiled; 


CRESCENDO. 


The    lof  -  ty  hill-tops  glim  -  mer,  Red  with  the  sun  -  set    glow. 
A      fit  -  ful  bur -den  bears     it,  Thatmel-o-dy      so     wild. 


3  The  boatman  on  the  river 

Lists  to  the  song,  spell-bound ; 
Ah  I  what  shall  him  deliver 

From  danger  threat'ning  round  ? 


The  waters  deep  have  caught  them, 
Both  boat  and  boatman  brave ; 

'T  is  Loreley's  song  hath  brought  them 
Beneath  the  foaming  wave  1 


*  LoRELEY  is  the  name  of  a  rock  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Rhine,  about  430 
feet  high,  celebrated  for  its  echo,  which  is  said  to  repeat  sounds  fifteen  times. 
Near  it  is  a  whirlpool  (called  the  banks')  formed  by  the  river  rushing  over  a 
number  of  sunken  rocks,  making  it  very  dangerous  for  boats  and  rafts. 

There  is  a  story  of  a  beautiful  siren  living  in  a  cave  of  the  Loreley,  who  makes 
her  appearance  upon  the  rocks  as  the  boats  pass,  and  so  charms  the  boatmen 
that,  forgetting  to  attend  to  the  steering  of  their  boats  over  this  dangerous 
whirlpool,  they  are  dashed  to  pieces  upon  the  rocks.  The  above  is  a  translation 
of  the  legend  as  told  by  the  German  poet  Heine. 


66 


KEW   THIED   NATION^AL  MUSIC   BEADEE. 


From  A  major  to  E  major. 


In  A  Major. 


E:  1 C    7       2       1 


THE    MOUNTAIN. 


ALLEGRETTO. 


# 


h=^=^ 


J.  Gersbach. 


^ 


^^ 


t=fc 


:?=& 


nrr~r 


1.  From  the  moun 

2.  On    the  moun 


•  tain,From  the  mountain  flows  the  streamlet, 
tain,     On  the  mountain  shine  the  sunbeams, 


M 


m 


m^^-^^^ 


Thro'  the 
Brightly 
»  1 


f 


Running 
Brightly 


val 


ley 
the 


V 

all  the 

ear  - ly 


way,      To   the  riv  -  er      far       a  -  way, 
morn, When  the  darksome  night  is    gone. 


M- 


^^ 


m^n 


t 


r   ft 

swift  -  ly      from 
shin  -  ing    from 


ij^ 


the  moun  -  tain.  From  the  moun  -  tain, 
the  moun  -  tain.  From  the  moun  -  tain. 


3  On  the  mountain, — 
On  the  mountain  sounds  the  bugle. 
Falling  gently  on  the  ear, 
Making  echoes  far  and  near. 
Waking  echoes  on  the  mountain. 
On  the  mountain. 


4  On  the  mountain, — 
On  the  mountain  dwells  the  shepherd. 
With  his  flocks  the  live-long  day. 
Here  he  sings  hia  merry  lay. 
Sings  so  cheerly  on  the  mountain, 
On  the  mountain. 


5  Up  the  mountain, — 
Up  the  mountain  to  be  climbing, 
Spending  there  the  happy  day, 
In  the  shady  wood  away. 
This  is  pleasure  on  the  mountain. 
On  the  mountain. 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PAKT  SONG. 

From  A  major  to  F-sharp  minor. 


67 


ft  J  Jf  J|j  J  .iVJ-U,\i  J  J I 

aTi     2     3    21  r     T      '       □TT    f-  T  zs: 


: v f  r  "^^CTT 


A:  1      2      3      2) 

f#:4|3       2 


MY   COUNTKY. 


'im$ni^hr-m^m 


TTJ 


vr 


1.  My  conn- try! 'tis      of  thee,  Sweet  land  of    lib  -  er-ty,    Of    thee      I 

2.  My    na- tive  country !  thee,Land  of     the    no-  blefree,Thyname    I 


m 


^ 


^^ 


r 

smg: 
love : 


Land  where  my      Fa  -  thers  died,Land  of  the  Pilgrim's  pride ; 
I      love    thy  rocks    and  rills,  Thy  woods  and  templed  hills; 


fei 


From      ev    -   'ry      moun  -  tain-  side     Let  Free  -  dom   ring. 
My        heart  with    rap  -  ture  thrills,  Like  that     a  -  bove. 

3  Let  music  swell  the  breeze, 
And  ring  from  all  the  trees 

Sweet  freedom's  song : 
Let  mortal  tongues  awake, 
Let  all  that  breathe  partake, 
Let  rocks  their  silence  break, 

The  sound  prolong. 

4  Our  fathers'  God  1  to  Thee, 
Author  of  liberty, 

To  Thee  we  sing ; 
Long  may  our  land  be  bright 
With  freedom's  holy  light ; 
Protect  us  by  thy  might, 

Great  God,  our  Kingl 


68 


KEW   THIRD  KATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


I 


m 


PIEST  DAY  OF  MAY. 


s 


2  (How  sweet  is        the  pleas -ure,  on  May*s  love-ly      morn  -  ing,  To 
*  ( With  gar  -  lands    of    flow  -  ers  our  tern  -  pies    a  -  dorn  -  ing,And 


i 


tt 


k^ 


i 


^ 


-U 


^^=t 


t  ^T  "■Vr=rt 


rr 


rove     o'er  the  mead-ow    all  blithesome  and  free,  >  rpi       ,     •, 
danc  .  ing  and  sing -ing    in    high,  mer-ry  glee!  P^^^^^P^®^^^®  ^ 


i 


free-dom,whatev  -  er   the  sea -son,That  makes  ev-'ry    ob-jectlook 


P 


J    /  /'iJ    /  ^N    ^  F^ 


Then,sure  -  ly,  for  pleas-ure  we  have    a    good 


love  -  ly  and  fair 


f 


i 


t* 


rea-son,For  free -dom  has  blessed     us    and  freed      us  from  care. 


^ 


la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la   la  la  la  la  la  la  la  la 


La 


7.S.     iFir 


U   V  'V       U   •    "  y     -0-0-0' 

la     la    la    la    la    la    la    la  la  la    la  la  la  la  la    la  la  la  la   la     la 

2  All  nature  in  beauty  and  splendor  is  shining, 
The  hill  and  the  valley  are  lovely  and  bright, 
From  earliest  morning  to  evening  declining, 

There's  naught  that  appears,  but  it  gives  us  delight. 
There's  pleasure  in  freedom,  etc. 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


69 


In  F  Major. 


From  F  major  to  C  major. 


fej  f  J  Jij-^ij      jij  f->^ 

^     F:  1       5       4      3        2)      '  \        I        1        |f        f       f 


C:  5 


From  F  major  to  D  minor. 


^aa 


s 


EE5 


M^ipff 


F:  1 


>       3) 

d:  5j4     3      2      1 

EVENING   THOUGHTS 


From  the  French.  -\- 

ALLEGRO. 


HOFFMEISTER. 


^ 


^IhliGB 


t 


f  /r  r 


-^ 


1.  La-bor-er,    the     day    is     done,  And    thy  work      is      end  -  ed, 

2.  Yin  -  ta  -  ger,   up  -  on    thy  hill,  God's     a  -  bun  -  dance  grow  -  eth, 


i 


t 


r=f 


r  t  t  rr  f 


Ev'n 
Well 


-  ing,  aft  -  er      set      of      sun,    Soft  -  ly    has     de  -  scend  -  ed ; 
may  hope  thy    bo  -  som    fill;     God    the  vint  -  age  know  -  eth. 


i 


SI 


m 


t 


i 


m 


P     1    l-^- 


rr^ 


f'W^ 


Let 
Sing 


tj 


us  raise    our  voi  -  ces  high,      Sing  of  woods  and  fields  and  sky, 
thy  grat  -  i  -  tude  and  praise.     Let  thy  song    the  ech  -  o     raise, 


^^um4-^^^ 


£3^ 


g 


r=p^=f 


Fruit 
Like 


f  ul  har  -  vests  grow  -  ing,     Health-  f ul  breez-es     blow  -  ing. 
a      riv  -  er       flow  -  ing,        Un  -  to  heav-  en      go  -   ing. 


3  Dwellers  in  this  land  so  fair. 
Bright  with  beauty  beaming. 
Strong  in  peace  and  brave  in  war. 
Rich  with  fruitage  teeming. 


Swell  the  chorus  loud  and  clear, 
Let  the  world  admiring  hear ; 

Naught  from  thee  shall  sever 

Hearts  united  ever. 


70 


NEW   THIKD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


ALWAYS    SOME    GOOD. 


s 


? 


i^ 


^1   r-pi 


H.  G.  Nageli  * 


i 


? 


1.  Ev  -  'ry  sea  -  son    brings  a        sura    of 

2.  Win-ter  spreads  its  garb      of      snow  -  y 


/■    ^  > 


pleas 
white 


ure. 


£ 


IS 


£ 


*^ 


& 


t 


"^ — !^r 


Ev  »  'ry  for -tune  brings  some  lit  -  tie       treas 
Spring-time  brings  its  days     of       sun  -  ny       bright 


ure 
ness: 


pmm 


Good  that's  mixed    with  some  alloy,    Yet    a  good  we    may    en  -  joy, 


i 


muwtfwfm 


Good  that's  mixed  with  some  al  -  loy,     Yet    a      good  we     may  en- joy. 

3  Summer's  suns  and  Autumn's  fruitful  showers 
Fill  the  fields  with  waving  grain  and  flowers ; 

II :  Good  that's  not  without  alloy, 
Still,  a  good  we  may  enjoy.  :1| 

4  Ev'ry  season  brings  a  sum  of  pleasure, 
Ev'ry  fortune  brings  some  little  treasure  : 
II :  Good  that's  mixed  with  some  alloy, 

Yet  a  good  we  may  enjoy.  :|| 

♦  H.  G.  N^.GELi,  a  Swiss  composer  of  popular  music,  was  a  contemporary 
with  Mozart.  No  one  composer  has  furnished  so  many  standard  songs  for  the 
school  and  home.  His  songs  are  to  be  found  in  most  of  the  collections  for 
schools,  at  the  present  day,  in  Germany,  Austria,  Norway,  Sweden,  Denmark, 
England,  and  America.  He  founded  a  system  of  singing- schools,  and  musical 
conventions  similar  to  those  in  this  country.  Dr.  Lowell  Mason's  work 
was  based  chiefly  upon  the  system  established  in  Switzerland  by  N/EGeli. 


BOOK   I. — TWO-PART  SOKG, 


In  B-flat  Major. 
From  B-Jlat  major  to  F  major. 


71 


B|7:l       3       2        7)  '  »        ' 


.1] 


1 
THE    QUAIL. 

1      J     •^  I      I 


yo.i;ii';iii '^'i/':^ 


1.  Hark  1  what  sweet  sound  is  it  yon  -  der  I     hear  ?  God  is  good !  God  is 

2.  List    to  her    note  as  she   mer-ri-ly  sings:  Praise  thy  God!  Praise  thy 


^^^^P^^ 


good!     Calls  the  quail's  song  in     my  ear.       Hid    in    the  grain  where  no 
God,     Who  life  and  breath  to    thee  brings  !  Seest  thou  the  fruits  that  a  - 


I''/i'm'C/Vm''|i'  r'l' ^,? 


5"^^ 


search- er    can     find,  ....  Each  rov-ing    lis -t'ner  she  loves    to      re 
bound  in    the     plain?  .  .  .  Then  to    be   grate-ful,  man,  do     not     dis 


I 


feisfeii 


q£=4L 


mind ;   Love  thy  God !  love  thy  God !     He     is    so     gen  -  tie  and  kind ! 
dain !  Thank  thy  God !  thank  thj  God,  Who  thy  frail  life  doth  sus  -  tain ! 

3  When  the  fierce  storm  fills  thy  bosom  with  fear, 

Pray  to  God  I  pray  to  God, 

And  the  green  fields  he  will  spare ! 
Should'st  thou  with  care  for  the  future  be  pressed, 
Let  the  quail's  note  bring  sweet  peace  to  thy  breast ; 

Trust  in  God  1  trust  in  God ! 

To  thee  her  song  is  addressed. 


n 


KEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 
THE    MOKNING    SUN. 

S 


D.  G.  Turk. 


M  I       b  r — r 


mmm 


li 


-f=f 


1.  Ar  -  rayed     in  morn-ing        crim  -    son,  The     sun      his  course  be  - 

2.  How  fresh  -  ly     all  things    liv    -      ing ;   To  morn's   new  life    they 

N 


1^ 


-J.  n.  M^Li 


m 


^ 


U 


gms ;      In      beau  -  ty   and 
sprung  ;  How  bright  on    ev 


ry 


glo 
grass 


ry       His        up  -  ward 
blade  The   pearls       of 


^ 


J    J  I  J  ^|j 


n^^T 


T" 

path 
dew 


he 


wins,     . 
hung,    . 


r   r 

His        up    -    ward  path     he      wins. 
The     pearls     ^of      dew     are     hung  I 


3  Oh  I  welcome  art  thou,  welcome, 

For  God  through  thee  has  smiled  ; 
So  great  and  so  exalted, 
[| :  And  yet  so  good  and  mild. :  || 


fe 


SOLITUDE    OP    THE    FOREST. 


:h=F=i 


^EE^ 


^-^ 


r-  r    p 


Sweet 


r    r 

i    -  tude !  Sweet 


I' 
tude! 


love    to      wan  -  der  in        the  wood.   In       calm,  thoughtful  mood. 

J — ^_>_j — ^^-j i — A-«L 


mm^^M^^^t^m 


mM 


Oh,  how    I    love      its        sol    -    i  -  tude!  Oh,     how     I     love     its 


m 


f^'FT 


^ 


-5> 


f 


sol 


i  -  tude  1    Oh,  how    I  love    its      sol 


tude! 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


73 


In  E-flat  Major. 

From  E-Jlat  major  to  B-flat  major. 


E|2:  1       3      5        8>  11''^  Uj     T 


3      5       8) 
B|2:4; 

The  same  in  E  Major. 
From  E  major  to  B  major. 


unLj,\^ll^4^ 


E:  1 


■■l\ 


3      2      1 
MEET    AGAIN. 


^  5  Meet  again !  night's  shades  impending, Thro'  the  air  a  whis-  per  flows,  ) 
\  From  the  reahns  of  peace  de  -  scending.  Fill  -ing  me  with  sweet  re-  pose.  \ 

2  5  Meet  again !  the  moon's  pale  glim-mer  Of-ten  fills  my  heart  with  grief ;  7 
(     As  the  joys     of  earth  grow  dinmier,Heav'nward  turn  I  for    re-  lief.    ) 


^m 


iot 


m=^ 


t 


f- 


m 


^njT 


Stars  look  down  in  shining  glo  -  ry,  With  a  f riend-ly  smile  to  cheer ;  From  a  - 
Then  I  feel  mybo-som  beating  With  a  strange,mysterious  thrill;  Hope  of 


H^iufl^?m^ 


a 


far     they  tell      the       sto  -    ry      Of      a    hap  -  py  meet  -  ing  there. 
f u  -  ture  hap  -  py      meet-  ing    Doth  my  heart  with  rap  -  ture  fill. 

3  After  few  short  hours  have  vanish'd, 

I  shall  seek  the  kindred  band. 
Whom  stern  death  from  earth  has  banish'd, 

Wand'ring  in  the  better  land. 
There  again  I  soon  shall  meet  them, 

Who  their  flight  so  soon  have  ta'en. 
And  in  endless  joy  shall  greet  them, 

Nevermore  to  part  again. 


74 


NEW  THIRD  NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 
PABEWELL    TO    THE    WOODS. 


'J''''ii''  lUHirHil^ 


i 


1.  Ver-dant  grove,  fare-well  to  thee,  Clad  in      ver    -     nal  beau  -  ty ; 

2.  What    de-light  to    lin  -  ger  here,'Mid  thy     sha    -     dy  bow  -  ers, 


^^'^1-  ili^i-in 


^Sj-iJ  J 


^ 


t 


^  ^'  ^  f  'it  ci/V  r 


Thine      my  part-ing    song  shall  be,   'T  is    a      sa     -     cred    du  -  ty ; 
From      the  sil-ver     foun  -  tain  clear  CuU-ing    fra    -    grant  flow  -  ers ; 


et    thy  warblers'  tune  -  fm  thr 


^ 


¥ 


^ 


^ 


* 


throng  Bear  the  ech-oes    of     my  song 


Let    thy 
Would  I  mightjwith  garlands  crown'd,Breathing  o-  dors  sweet  a-round, 


fflzzfi 


^^^m 


^ 


^ 


-tr 


r-1 


Far      o'er  hill  and    val 
Tar    -  ry  with  thee  long 

3  But  the  night  forbids  my  stay ; 
I  must  leave  in  sorrow ; 
To  your  rest,  ye  birds  away. 
And  dream  of  the  morrow. 


ley,  Far       o'er  hill  and    val  -  ley. 
er,    Tar   -    ry    with  thee  long  -  er. 

Fare  ye  well,  ye  shady  bow'rs. 
With  your  blooming,  fragrant  flow'rs, 

Till  another  meeting, 

Till  another  meeting. 


i 


fci 


MORNING   HYMN. 


i 


^ 


1.  Now  that  the  sun    is  beam-ing  bright,  Im-plore  we,  bend-ing    low, 

2.  Oh,  grant  that  to  thine  hon-  or,  Lord,  Our    dai  -  ly    toil    may  tend ; 


I 


M 


m^ 


t 


jvvwf  vfrf 


That  He,  the     un  -  ere  -  at  -  ed  Light,  May  guide  us      as    we    go. 
That  we    be  -  gin     it       at    thy  word.  And    in     thy    fa  -  vor  end. 


PART  IV. -SONGS   WITHOUT  WOEDS. 


C    Major. 

Take  breath  at  this  mark  (>)  and  at  rests. 


i 


= »•     I        ^H 1 # T L^     »    2 


^^^^m#t^^^#^ 


^ 


UPufil^     ^'1^  ^  ^'^l^  '^' 


-/ 1  h  fc  r 


5p  cj  J'^f  rr 


i 


I 


4      h  I    /     ^ 


;i^ 


^^ 


fcS 


f 


^^^ 


r^ 


jr^ 


V  z-  ^ 


S^-J^- 


mMM^^m 


^pf=^m^^m^^  ^nrt 


s 


^ 


^1  y  /i  V'  /  /  ;i  J   / 


I 


rn  ^'r-  g-^^  ^  c  g'r  p 


^^ 


To  THE  Teacher.  —  Do  not  ask  any  questions  as  to  the  Key,  Time,  etc.    If 
the  pupHs  do  not  know  all  about  these  matters,  they  cannot  sing  these  exercises. 


76 


NEW    THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    KEADEK. 


i^^^gf^^a^ 


^^^^^ 


^^  i^'Li}  ri^^0^ 


1 


n 


4. 


i^4^^-J-f^ 


W##P^ 


r  gr  r  'f  rr 


f 


r 


m 


Pt^  rr^r^^g^f^H  f  g  r  r^^=Ft=T 


i 


J.  ;--J    J 


^ 


^ 


r  :\  ^ 


r=rT"^~rr 


::^ 


A  Minor. 


I 


^^ 


^E^^&^ 


^— #- 


^ 


^=i 


tx^-v-^-t-^t^vx^-xr^-^ 


^^^^^m 


r  t  r  t^ 


P 


•T^iJ. 'j.iJ  /J  ^ 


sgg 


^^'^^'^  rTTrTr^ 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


77 


2. 


^E^E^#-^^ 


^^ 


i^n 


^^n^f  r 


1^ 


J4l^-^ 


S 


E3 


iEl: 


§ 


r^Trff-erf 


^i^^^#^^Si 


4. 


1^ 


ESJ 


^7^7?/  i:i.i  i^i/i^.; 


1^^^^^^^ 


F§ft? 


i 


78  NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL    MUSIC    READER. 

G   Major. 


^ 


P 


.L=i 


t    t  uj^r=j 


njTr 


$ 


lULin 


m 


^^ 


m 


^ 


m 


1r 


•'  J     J 


^^^^^I^SI 


^^^^rrr 


^7:^r 


3. 

MARCHING  TIME. 


i 


i 


-^— IV 


rr^ 


t=^ 


u ;  J  ^^'\fTT^^-^^4-'n^ 


^ 


'^      ^     U*      1 


^ 


^.^^.^^^a 


^; 


'  ^  '  ^  r  ^"rrf'^TrP 


^^ 


frJ^77i;^jiO;'^ 


n^^rryiif^T^rJT 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 

E  Minor. 


79 


mn^^-^iimm^ 


i=t 


I    I 


%#^gf^"i;:,Vt,'i,LV'ii 


^^^^^^ 


i##.Hg^f#^^^yi 


mtfH&Hj^f^^ 


^'1  ':!\^'IKIL\U\\ 


D  Major  and  D-flat  Major. 


m^mmm^^t 


^^ 


^^m^^^^ 


80  NEW  THIKD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER 


1^ 


m 


^^-iz 


^  I  » 


^ 


Wf 


fi 


fTrr-r^ 


^^^^^^^ 


Key  of  D-flat. 


^ 


p 


J5Z 


is: 


12345678        87654321 
dl?    el?     f     gl?    al?    bb     c      d|?     d|7     c     bl?    al?  gb    f     e|?   dl? 


fe& 


^^ 


i^ 


S 


^=i= 


r^ 


1^^^ 


^=^=iT^ 


i=i: 


^^^ 


rr 


4. 

fi=dz 


^^g 


.  m  m 


r?p! 


ffi^ 


^^^g#^^ 


t^crtS^TTf 


ii^P»^ 


^ 


I 


w^'=f=fm 


ftcrr 


M 


A  Major  and  A-flat  Major. 


m^^^m 


aj^ 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


81 


#*4 


— f-'  u^     i^  ^    L  '  ^^ — w-f — r  ^^  ^  _-  ^  p— r — y-'^      " 


^tj-^f  c  r 


;^      k'      V        ^    i; 


^ 


:S 


^ 


;:*: 


S^^3 


1^ 


f 


r=f 


S'rTT 


I 


ist^ 


^j- 1 ;'  i^^  J'  .^ 


^     ^ 


:fei: 


^ 


Key  of  A-flat. 


p 


22: 


1^=22: 


2211=22: 


:2z: 


12345678123456      54321 
ai?  bl?  c    d|7  el?  f     g    aj?    al?  b|7    c     d]?    el?  f     el?    dl?  c     bb    al? 


3. 


A-flat  Major. 


m  J  ij ,'  ,^  J 


ti^ 


i^i 


^      P      f 


ff^ 


f-i-n-r 


h\Q\\  \  }  l\l  i\V\^ 


fe 


^ 


^^^4.^  JiJ  U\i  J  J^iJ  1 


s 


F?^ 


rt^y-T 


ffr 


83 


NEW    THIRD    KATIOKAL   MUSIC   READER. 


^^^a=^p4a 


itfei 


^ 


A — ^ 


M^ 


■rr 


i^^^^w^ 


'TT 


P   Minor. 


I^^^^g^^^ 


^^^^^^ 


r  r  a"  f  T 


^^^^^^^ 


r  r  I — f 


i 


F-sharp   Minor. 


^^^^^^ 


f  f  r  r  '  Vf 


r  r 


^^^^^^^ 


M^^ 


^=4ff#ft^Ea^i 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG, 


83 


n'"' '  giCi'',M,',';i,'  'i,,'i^ 


^m^ 


<ttes 


m 


^ 


m 


f=rT 


r 


u 


^ 


^ 


V^  J  JIJ  I  II 


E  Major  and  E-flat  Major. 


SiLCHEK. 


i-jt^fnj  jin^rm 


m^^ 


^^ 


^^^ 


^f^%i^^ 


r=rr=^ 


* 


^w 


3 


^ 


f 


r^rf=Tf 


T 


84 


2, 


KEW   THIRD    NATION-AL   MUSIC    READER. 

E-flat   Major. 


fc^V=t: 


m 


N       i 


^ 


'm=s-- 


^f 


r#^ 


X 


■#-= — #- 


E^S 


tr-^r — [- 


&^j-UJi:iiU:-mR[=j 


2=S^ 


? 


U;'r:-^ 


r-r^ 


f— t- 


>    ^ 


m 


ri,  J.  .  rj 


r=^==rf^ 


# — -#- 


f 


t;    I      1^    I      1/    \     \j 


ife^tt####^^ 


3. 


ra    Ta        Ta     Ta   ra    la  '  Ta   ra    la   Ta   ra    la   '  Ta     Ta 


English,     g 


r'  ','i:,%'r"i,';Ni,.';'irr 


i 


^,  J  J  |J 


s 


,n-i;  i^i;  /  ii' 


f=f^ 


Pr 


f=^=^ 


tt-^^^tr^ 


I 


^^ 


— r- 1 


Ke 


crn'"'qi^ 


3  3^ 


1^ 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PAET  SONQ. 

!       !       ,  '  1       !  J 


85 


3^ 


h=^ 


I 


umj^'  OTf 


^— # 


^ 


A  Minor. 


A.  Gilbert. 


ALLEGRETTO. 


f 


^ 


22: 


^^ 


rF-rp^ 


f^^ 


I 


^^ 


-TJ- 


'-^ 


f— r 


^ 


feiEEEi 


-^-^- 


^ #^ 


f=i= 


:i 


^i==l^ 


^ 


^ 


^^m^^ 


^ 


4==k 


^=^^=^ 


tTT  r '  r-T7^+^-f"^^^ 


ff^f-^^M^^^^ 


I 


-  \   ^>  ^  11 


E 


¥=f^ 


f  r  r  r  V  r  I  r^^  ^ — '^^^ 


86 


1.  a. 


KEW   THIRD   KATIOKAL   MUSIC   READER. 

P  Major. 


English. 


^^^M#i 


^ 


^f^^^Ft^rW? 


^^^m 


UliHx^^ 


^ 


^F^^^ 


rr 


nnnt^^^^m 


^m 


^j  j,j  J  ^',-^ 


^^ 


FF^=^=^ 


&. 


r^r  r  '-f-^-cfr^^^ '  r  r  r 


I  I  I 


r^  r  rg^ 


r.  Abt. 


^f# 


j'..^  /j  J.  1 


^ 


BOOK   I. — TWO-PART  SOKG. 


87 


^^^^^^m 


3. 


MUHLING. 


^HjlJ     l\j^l:h^^ 


r  J  / 


!^ 


^^ 


^— zN- 


^ 


p 


^-^ 


r^QTrrf 


i 


£Q^ 


J— J.  '  ■■ 


i — b^ 


■  r  7  f^f 


B-flat  Major. 


1. 


B.   WiLHEM. 


^m- 


li^U^ 


LUJ-J 


p=F 


■^- 


r 


^^ 


i 


r 


f=^ 


^ 
m 


88 


NEW   THIliD    KATIOKAL    MUSIC    READER. 


Haydn. 


^ 


^TTTTWrr^ 


I 


i 


^ 


toM  '  ' 


^ 


^^^ 


I 


i^ 


J^ 


hh=^^=&^ 


^^=^ 


^=t 


^'^f^'^^^r^HTzs 


T 


~sr 


G    Minor. 


J.  E.  Weber. 


I'    ihllH 


J  J I J  Jy  J-^^Tf^ 


a 


rrrr-trrT 


4. 


is^^ 


.^.UJi 


^ 


-#-j_# 


U^       1 


T~V- 


^^^ 


fe 


# — ^ 


rrr 


5. 


ft 


^^^^^m 


^m- 


l-TTcyr 


rr-rrrf 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


89 


^ 


^     I 


^ 


^ 


m^^ 


f       '—d ^-0 ^— g— f— f: — ^ 


6. 


n.    r.    MULLER. 


^^^^^1^  j'l'^ 


i 


D  Minor 


I 


&^ 


n 


0^ 


a 


j=j=^ 


El 


TtZZi 


g-^rO^-TTT  f  f  i^"  f— tJ 


1^^ 


fiM 


>U=i 


9 


_« ^ ^ 


r^^ 


t — tij 


8. 


^     f     'ftii-f'f^'' 


^*^ 


^^UM 


p^p^w^ 


m 


90 


KEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 

C  Major  and  G  Major. 


-/^  n  ,H 


p.  Heise. 


¥^ 


i 


-«L^ < 


r—rr^T^tr"^^ 


I 


H    ;"  J    f  J 


^ 


::t^ 


^ 


r=^ 


SH" 


^^=^ 


^ 


2=i 


rr^^ 


FT 


PART  V.-MISCELLANEOUS    SONGS. 


HOME. 


From  the  German.  -\- 

MODEEATELT  FAST. 


Franz  Leibscher. 


p'n:\  i^yr^'itm 


Ujr''  r  r^r^ 


1.  Thoughts  of  home  our    hearts  de  -  light,        On  the  moun  -  tain's 

2.  In       our  dreams  we    fond  -  ly    stray    Where  the  breez    -   es 


i 


fc  n  r- 


^ 


t 


glow  -  ing  height,  On  the    path  -  way  steep  and  fear  -  ful,     In   the 
soft  -ly      play.  Where  the  brook,  from  rock  out -gush -ing,    Sil-v'ry 


gold  -  en  mead- ows  cheer  -  ful.     Where  the   flocks,  all       peace -ful 
clear      is      on  -  ward  rush  -  ing,    Where  the    an-  cient    roof   -tree 


h=^ 


$ 


^-JTUU-L 


f 


f 


f 


Ev    -    er    sweet     the      thought  of    home. 


roam: 
stands,     Guard  -  ed      still 


by       lov    -    ing  hands. 


3  Blessed  home  so  grey  and  old, 
May  I  soon  thy  light  behold  I 
Dearest  friends,  with  hearty  greeting, 
Joyful,  celebrate  our  meeting; 
Tell  the  tale  of  vanished  years. 
Broken  oft  with  happy  tears. 


92 


NEW  THIED    KATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


I 


COLUMBUS. 


ju  J'  ;'iJ  /^ 


a 


1.  Who 

2.  Who 


r~i 


was 
was 


;  r   ^  c 

it,    that  first   waved  a      flag 
it,    that  point  -  ed    with  faith 


on 
to 


this    soil.    Who 
the    west,  With 


i 


J  /  /  j 


^ 


£^ 


^  1 1  f 


)il?      Cc 


was  it      that  cared      not    how    pain    -  ful      the      toil?      \Jo 

no         ray     of     light       ev  -  er     hoped     for     the     best?     Co 


$ 


g 


J-^lJ      J    J|-^^=^ 


t  rr   r-{ 


T=f 


1-t 


lum  -  bus,    Co  -  lum  -  bus,  with  soul     great  and      true  I         The 
lum  -  bus,    Co  -  lum  -  bus,      to    thee      does    be  •    long,  The 


i 


J  'J  I  J  J  J 


m 


I    ^  f  f  '  f    r  r — r 

heart      of     our       na  -  tion  beats  fond    -  ly     for        you. 
glo    -    ri  -  fied     name  which  in  -  spir    -     eth  our        song. 


3  This  nation,  so  free,  is  indebted  to  you, 
The  greatest  discoverer  the  world  ever  knew ; 
Columbus !  Columbus  I  we  honor  thy  name ; 
Oh,  blessed  thy  mission,  immortal  thy  fame  1 


I 


THE  DEAR  OLD  TREE. 


i^ 


Danish, 


3 


rrrrT^ 


^ 


± 


1.  The  dear  old  tree,  oh,  let  it  stand,  Let    it        in  peace  de  -  cay; 

2.  Now  I  will  on  my  wand'rings  go,  But  deep  within   my    breast, 


Oh, 
In 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG, 


93 


let     it  feel  time's  gen-tle  hand,  And  live    for  ma  -  ny  a      day  I 
Smnmer'3  sun  or  Winter's  snow,  I      love    my  home  the      best. 


We 
And 


fcjiiYi^;N:7i>/'n.fii^  M^ 


n=r 


r  ^  5  f   " 


saw    it    full      of  blossoms  sweet;  A -mid  its  branch-es  stand;        The 
when  the  tree's  sweet  flowers  come.  They  my  re  -  turn    will  tell ;       Then 


dear  old  tree,     oh,    let    it    live,    An    hon  -  or    to       the  land, 
let    the   tree      so  near  my  home  Live  in       its    na  -  tive   dell. 

NIGHT   SONG. 


p 


J^^^^J     -^J'Jjd 


i 


1,  Si- lent  night  I 

2.  Si -lent  night  I 


^=h=^ 


Si- lent  night  1 
Si- lent  night  I 


r^TTT 


m 


Si    -    lent,  peaceful  night  I 
Si    -    lent,  peaceful  night  1 


t^=ifc 


i 


s 


t  '^  i  i   rr    f     '  *  ^TTt 


i 


Rest  from  la-  bor  thou  art  send-  mg 
Kot  oppressed  by    care  and    sor  -  row, 


0*er  the  wea  -  ried  world  art 
Safe  -  ly  guard -ed    till    the 


I 


m 


fdt'^'-'-t^ 


bending,        God  of  love  and  light,  Thro' the  peace-ful     night, 
mor-row,        By   His  lovingmight,Thro'  the  si    -     lent    night. 


94 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC  READER. 


THE    SWALLOW. 


^ 


irrf 


3 


r 


r  f 


1.  Hail  to  thee,  blithe  lit    -  tie       swal    -  low !      Thy        song    hath 

2.  Tell  me  tru  -  ly,     light-winged  swal    -  low,    Whose      guid  -  ance 


m 


i 


^ 


$ 


^ 


wak-ened   the     wil 
wise    did    you    fol 


^^Tju 


low,  And    the    bios  -    soms  fresh        and 
low   From  the  lands       so      far 


V^^tt't^H 


From  what  dis  -  tant    coun  -  try,     wing  -  ing.      Do   you 
Did    our  lov  -  ing       Fa  -  ther    guide     you.     And  with 


f 

sweet, 
way? 


i 


t 


f 


^ 


^ 


rrr-rr 


c  c 


greet     us     with  your    sing   -   ing  ?  Tell    me    how    you      fly       so 
wis  -  dom  deep   pro  -  vide        you,  That  you   nev  -  er         go        a 


I 


'^ 


5 


^ 


m 


mt 


fleet,      Tell    me   how     you     fly        so        fleet? 
stray,     That  you    nev  -    er       go         a    -    stray? 

3  Well  I  know,  now,  little  swallow. 
Whose  guidance  kind  you  did  follow 

From  the  southern  lands  afar. 
He  who  hast  thy  wisdom  given, 
Is  our  God,  who  reigns  in  Heaven, 
II :  Where  the  blessed  angels  are.  :|I 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


96 


THE   MOON. 

From  the  German.  [From  FJ  minor  to  A  major.] 

J>uet  or  Semi-Chorus,    moderato. 


J.  R.  Wbbbb. 


mt,\iiii\p:tPfy^ 


1.  How  bright -ly  and    se  -  rene   -  ly    She  takes  hernight-ly  round, 

2.  Day's  la  -  bor  she   re  -  ward-eth  And  bids  the  eye- lids  close, 


I^I/.,,'i'l,'7i'\'l,'',''i','M'l 


Who    jn    yonstar-ry        chap  -  let,     Is     thus  with  beau-ty  crown'd; 
The    sons    of  earth  in    -  vit    -    ing    To     si- lent  night's  re -pose; 


^^^^^W 


t 


Howmod-est-ly    she       wan  -  ders,  Her  face  conceal'd  from  sight ;  Yet 
She  fills  the  soul  with     glad-ness,  When  evening's  breath  is  chill ;  Doth 


!^'  :;,'iL'iVii' :,' 'i: " 


^t=T 


1-'  r     '    '  I  r  r 

spreads     a -round  her    glad  -   ness,  With  soft    and  beam-ing  light, 
pure     and  ho  -  ly     feel    -    ings,  In  -  to      our  breast  in  -  stiL 


3  Thou,  who  to  us  hast  given 
Her  sweet  and  friendly  light, 
Thou  in  a  life  of  gladness 
Must  surely  take  delight. 
For  all  our  joys  we  thank  Thee, 
We  thank  Thee  for  thy  moon, 
Who  richly  thus  rewardeth 
The  anxious  cares  of  noon. 


96 


NEW  THIRD  NATIONAL  MUSIC  READER. 


Adapted.  -\- 

ARDENT   AND  STRONG. 


PARRAGUT. 


German  Melody. 


i 


h^U^-i-lU 


r?  4'r  r  f  g'r-^=^-r^ 


1.  Spread  our  ban-ner  to  the  breez-es  With  its    eight-and-thir-ty     stars; 

2.  See  1  the  masts  like  f or-ests  bristle,  Flags  are  float  -  ing  full  and    free, 


hn\n.^^\}'rf^^^ 


i 


How  the  wind  the  pen-non    seiz-es,  En  -  sign  proud  of  war- like    Marsl 
Bombshells  screech  and  bullets  whistle  O'er  the    wild   and  toss- ing      sea. 


%l-^\)  l\^  ',J^ 


i 


See    the    fleet,        so      grand, 
Who,  with  stead   -.  y        hand. 


Sway'd  by    mas 
Guards  our  strick 


ter 
en 


hand: 
land? 


-z^ 


I 


n 


f 


r 


Far- ra- gut,     Far -ra- gut.     Far  -  ra  -  gut,  the      he    -    ro 
Far- ra- gut,     Far- ra- gut.     Far  -  ra  -  gut,  the      he    -    ro 

3  From  the  flagship,  all  alarming. 

Flashes  out  the  signal  bright ; 
Heroes  for  the  fight  are  arming. 
Brave  and  fearless  for  the  right 

With  courageous  hand. 

Fights  for  home  and  land,    Farragut,  etc. 

4  Oh,  how  bravely  we  *re  defended  I 

Down  the  hostile  war-ships  go ; 
Now  indeed,  the  battle  ended. 
Fast  before  us  flees  the  foe. 
So,  with  able  hand, 
Conquers,  for  his  land,     Farragut,  etc. 


brave  I 
brave  1 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


SWEET   PERFUMED    MEADOWS. 


97 


Danish  Song. 


G.  J.  Hansen. 


^^ 


^W 


t  f 


1.  Sweet    scent  -  ed  mead  -  ows 

2.  Of    -    ten      we    sail      o'er 


and  bright -gold-  en   corn  -  fields, 
the  far   -    dis  -  tant  wa    -   ters, 


I'' I  I  :.''  ii^i  if 


I 

Blue    spark  -  ling  wa    -   ters      and  wood  -  cov  -  ered  coast; 
Of    -    ten      we  roam       in        a      wild,      nn  -  known  land; 


^M 


J     /.  ^  J    i 


I 


Moss  -  cov  -  ered  hous  -  es       and    birds      joy  -  ous  sing  -  ing,- 
Yet,       in        re  -  mem-brance  and    grow  -  ing     still  dear  -  er. 


i 


^=H=Ti- 


c  c    r 


These     are       our  home  -  land's  great   glo    -    ry      and  boast. 
Comes     the    sweet  tho't      of      our      dear        na  -  tive   strand. 


m 


i   J-.  i' 


m 


/iJ     ;.  jW 


^   r    f  I 


These      are      our  home -land's  great  glo    -    ry      and    boast. 
Comes    the   sweet  tho't      of     our     dear      na    -  tive  strand. 

3  Justice  and  freedom  our  watchword  is  ever; 

May  there  be  dealt,  with  an  e'er  bounteous  hand. 
Peace  round  our  firesides,  and  shields  o'er  our  honor ; 
Heav'n  guard  and  cherish  our  dear  native  land, 
Heav'u  guard  and  cherish  our  dear  native  land. 


98 


From  the  French.  -{■ 

BATHER  ANIMATED, 

mf 


iq-EW  THIRD   iq-ATIOI?-AL   MUSIC   READER. 
ADVICE   TO  A  CHILD. 

/ 


Fr.  Abt. 


fe'A'  ^^'jii'  rM^i 


1.  My    child,     in      life's    first  bright  -  ness,   Go        not    in      e  -  vil 

2.  Like  prayer -ful     Ma-  ry,      kneel    -   ing,  Choose  thou  the  bet  -  ter 

7> 


I^^^^P^W 


ways; 
part, 


^ 


^ 


Thy    heart      shall    keep      its        light  -  ness       As 
No      pride      nor      en    -     vy         feel    -    ing,       Thy 


J. 


g^ 


ryH-H 


B^g? 


lil    -    ies      keep    their  white  -  ness,    And    hap    -    py     be       thy 
soul       its       truth  re    -    veal    -    ing ;     Be        in    -    no  -  cent      thy 


%^f  '  Q- 


m 


^ 


i 


And     hap    -    py      be        thy      days. 
Be         in    -     no  -  cent     thy     heart. 


3  The  proud,  God's  word  unheeding. 

Shall  He  in  wrath  bring  low ; 
In  verdant  pastures  feeding. 
His  lambs  He's  gently  leading 
II :  Where  peaceful  waters  flow.  :|j 

4  In  poverty  and  sadness, 

Put  all  thy  trust  in  God : 
Complaint  is  only  madness ; 
His  grief  shall  turn  to  gladness, 
11:  Who  bends  beneath  the  rod.  :|| 


heart, 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


99 


I 


THE    BUTTERFLY   AWD    THE    CHILD. 

From  the  French.  -\-  Q,  T.  Brunbr. 

ELY. 

9 


^=M 


^m 


¥^^=^- 


ifi 


n 


^ 


Fr-  f  i'rr^ 


1.  Ah!   but  -  ter-fly,     light  flit  -  ting,      In  school  -  room  dull      not 

2.  The  school  -  boy  dull,     la  -  ment  -  ing,      To     tru  -  ant  thoughts  con 


\i^'i.  i:\ii  ?':Ci^ 


sit  -  ting,    Im -pris-oned  close  like      me,  •  .  *  .     Im  -  pris-  oned 
sent-  ing,    Re-gards  the    but  -  ter  -     fly,  •  •  •  .     Re-  gards  the 


^^^ 


i=^^ 


r—rr-iTT---^  r  ^ 

The  Sim,    the  leaf  -  y       moun  -  tain,  The 
And  now    hiswatch-ful       mas    -   ter    Sees 


close 
but 


like 
ter 


me, 

fly, 


^iJi  lit  rjii  m 


flow  -  'ry    field    and  f oun  -  tain,    What  treas  -  ures     are 
flow  -  ing    fast     and    fast    -    er        The    tear  -drops  from 


for 
his 


t 


j^nv 


^=^ 


m 


^p^^^^^ 


Trr     c'f 


thee  1    .  .  .  .  What  treas  -  ures    are  for    thee ! 

eye,     ....    The    tear  -  drops  from        his     eye. 

3  Ah !  butterfly,  gay  sporting, 
The  fragrant  flowers  courting, 

||:  Say  to  this  idle  boy, —  :|| 
"  Our  dark  cocoon  hard  spinning, 
We  labored  long,  thus  winning, 

II :  This  rich  reward  of  joy."  :|| 


100 


KEW  THIED   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


THE    BROOK. 


From  the  French,  -f- 


L.  KuRz. 


U 


^m 


^m 


^ 


1.  Sweet  lit  -  tie  brook,  whose     wave    -  lets 

2.  Out  from  a      cav  -  ern        dark       and 


bright 
cheer 


ly, 


So 
I 


^ 


^  ^  ^  i,j 


m 


m 


f=^ 


F 


r   f 


swift 
come 


•  ly    hast-'ning    al  -  ways    flow, 
and  bathe  the   moss  and    grass, 


1^       1^       '  ^     • 

On  your  green  banks        I 
In    my  bright  wave,       so 


m 


^ 


m 


:^^ 


i 


trip 
pure 


so        light    -     -    ly,        Tell    whence  you  come  and  where  you 
and     peer    -     -    less.       The     clouds   are    mir-rored  as    they 


m^ 


i 


=S':it \ilJ  ' 


go 


Tell  whence  you  come  .  .  and  where  you      go. 
The  clouds  are   mir    -    ror'd  as    they    pass. 


3  So,  like  a  child,  I  have  my  pleasures, 
Not  knowing  always  where  I  flow ; 
But  He  who  gives  me  all  my  treasures 
II :  Will  doubtless  guide  me  where  I  go.  :|| 


I 


C.  Lembcke. 

MODERATO. 

■fs- 


OUR    MOTHER    TONGUE. 

Arr.  by  P.  A.  Berggreen. 


^^-^^   J-JI/^^J' 


E^ 


^ "  ^  ■^  r  ^ 

1.  Our  moth-er  tongue  is    love    -   ly;  its  tones,  how  soft  and  clear  !    How 

2.  Up  -  on  our  lips  she  pla   -    ces  each  good  and  tend-er  word       In 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  fcOSTG. 


101 


can    I     ev  -  er       praise      it,    or      yet    in  song  com -pare?        A 
love's  en-chant-ing        whis  -  pers  or  pray'rs  un  -  to    the  Lord !       Are 


I 


ir-JM^ 


^m 


^ 


t 


t  '^\  t  i 


high  and  no  -  ble  maid  -  en,      a  proud  king's  cho-sen  bride, 
we  deepbow'dby  sor  -  row,     or     led     in   paths  a  -  stray, 


if 

And 
She 


I 


^'  i"   /   /   ^    -^ 


iJ  i  t  t 


^ 


S 


K— 


T 


J 


'^ttt 


fit      in  youth  and    beau  -   ty    to      tar-ry    by    his    side,         And 
light -ens    all     our    troub  -  les  and  helps  us    on  our  way.  She 


^=?-## 


i 


fit    in  youth  and  beau  -    ty     to      tar  -  ry    by  his  side, 
light-ens  all  our    troub  -  les,   and  helps  us    on  our  way. 

3  And,  as  to  all  the  poets  she  gives  both  might  and  power. 
So  they  become  the  true  guard  around  her  lovely  bower ; 
Each  song  the  people  utter,  each  one  they  love  the  best, 
Becomes  the  shield,  so  golden,  which  decks  her  maiden  breast, 
Becomes  the  shield,  so  golden,  which  decks  her  maiden  breast. 

4  And  every  one  who  mocks  her  with  smiles  upon  his  lips. 
Is  sure  to  feel  the  sharpness  of  feathered  arrow-tips ; 

But  words  which  from  the  true  heart  come  unto  her  in  love 
Are  treasured  as  a  good  gift  sent  down  from  heaven  above, 
Are  treasured  as  a  good  gift  sent^down  from  heaven  above. 


10^ 


KEf;  THIBi)  KAT^IONAL  MUSIO  EEADEE. 
ON   THE   ALPS. 


From  the  French.  -\- 

■WITH  GREAT  COURAGE. 


I 


k 


m 


J.  G.  Laib. 


n 


r 


f 


i 


r  7;  r_  '_  ' 

1.  All     hail,  thrice  hail,     ye         i     -    cy  peaks,  That     rise         so 

2.  Be  -  hold    the    dar  -  ing        ea    -    gle    soar.   Slow      cir   -    cling 


l=^=i 


i^ii^i','i|''\'i''i' 


t 


f-T 


grand  and    high !  The  trav  -  *ler,  climb  -  ing,  vain  -  ly  seeks  To 

thro'  the     skies!  He  wheels  a  -  bove  the  monn -tains hoar, So 


i 


H-^-^ 


i 


m 


H4 


^m 


f^m 


come  your  sum-mits  nigh; 
bold  -  ly     high     he 


In    haste     to  greet  the   morn  -  ing 
Ma  -  jes   -   tic   ice  -  fields,  pure    and 


H^ 


m 


t: 


^^ 


^^ 


The  snows  are    shin  -ing 
In    free  -  dom     on    the 


-^ 


m 


light, Far    up      the  height  he    goes; 
white,In  -  spir  -  ing  heart  and  voice, 


J, 


^ 


^^^-^^H 


ro    -      sy    bright.        As    sun   -   rise  warm  -  ly    glows,  As 

moun  -  tain  height,    We'll  sing.      Re  -  joice,      re  -  joice.  We'll 


sun  - 

rise  warm 

-    ly 

glows. 

smg. 

Re  -joice. 

re 

joice  1 

BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


103 


PLY,    LITTLE    BIRD. 

Danish. 


P.  E.  Hartmann. 


ICODEKATO. 


i    tl    I    Hf'-j^+# 


S 


f 


1.  Fly,      lit  -    tie     bird,      o'er    the     lake's  shin  -  ing      wa  -  ters, 

2.  Fly,      lit  -   tie     bird,      o'er    the       wa  -  ters    wild  foam  -  ing, 


I 


g 


i 


^ 


^i=i. 


-e> — -- 


^ 


r  5  c  r   ^ 


f^ 


rj 


Soon   Cometh  night-fall    so    grey ; 
Deep  breathes  the  night  its  last  sigh ; 


Bed     is    the  smi      as    he 
Now  the  trees  whis-  per  in 


r   ^  ,(  r^r  I  r   t  t  r 


^ 


m 


e 


^   ^  w    c 


sinks     by    the    for  -    est,     Gone      is    the  sweet  light     of     day. 
fear       to    each  oth  -    er,      Near    them  the    an   -  gry  clouds  fly; 


I 


t=^=^ 


n 


m 


^ 


f 


?=T^ 


Hut  -  ry,    then,  homewards — your  mate's      fond-ly       yearn  -  ing- 
Think    of     your   nest  -  lings  and      haste       to     their    call  -    ing, 


Fly    to  your  nest   in    the    tree, 
Swift    on  the  wings  of    your    love, 


And  when  you  come  to    the 
Let    me    but  hear  the  good- 


^^ 


i 


i 


M^ 


^ 


r 


rose  -  bush  to  -  mor  -  row, 
night  which  you  tell  them, 


Tell  all  you  've  seen  un  -  to    me. 
Lov'd  ones  who  wait  up    a  -  bove. 


104 


NEW  THIRD  NATIOIS-AL  MUSIC  READER. 
A    SONG   OP    THANKSGIVING. 


$ 


J  J  I  ^    J  I  j-^ 


f==f 


f=f 


r-rr 


r 


1.  Thanks  be   to     God  I       Give  thanks  nn  -  to    God,        For    He        is 

2.  Bless    ye  the  Lord,        Oh,    bless    ye    the  Lord,      With  all      your 


^'^\i  I  J  J  I.J  ^  i^i  i-J-T^-V4^ 


PH^mm 


u 


rT-f  U  T 


good  I    His  mer-cies  shall  en  -  dure  for      ev    -    er   -     more,  En-dure  for    ^ 
soul  1   Make  men-tion  of   His  kind-  ness    un    -    to         you.  His  kindness 


^J-4-^J-^H:^d^ 


r     ^     t'V      f^   1^ 


ev    -    er  -  more,   En-dure    for      ev    -    er   -  more. 
Tin  -   to      you,    His  kind  -  ness    un    -  to        you. 


DANISH   FLAG    SONG.* 


Il^^f^fl 

v=^=^ 

^=h=^^^ 

R.  Rat. 

H=>=f=i 

1.  Float 

2.  From 

proudly  o'er  the 
heav-  en   art  thou 

r  r  r 

bil-lows,  Thou 
fall  -  en,  Tho\y 

1     ^  r  f 

blood -red  Dan -ne  - 
L  flag      to    us     so 

brog,t  Night 
dear ;     The 

*  Prompted  by  Pope  Gregory  IX,  King  Valdemar  the  Conqueror  undertook 
an  expedition  to  Esthonia  for  the  purpose  of  converting  the  heathens  there  to 
Christianity,  1219.  The  Danes  were  almost  defeated,  when,  as  states  the  legend, 
the  Danne&ro^r-banner  fell  from  heaven,  and  raised  them  to  victory.  This  saying 
undoubtedly  arose  from  the  fact  that  the  Pope  gave  Yaldemar  for  this  under- 
taking a  "holy  banner"  —  blood-red,  with  a  white  cross  in  the  centre — which 
became  later  the  Danes'  chief  standard  in  all  their  wars,  till  it  was  lost  to  them 
in  the  unfortunate  expedition  to  Ditmarsh,  in  1500. 

t  Pronounced  Dan-e-bro.     (The  name  of  the  Danish  flag.) 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART   SOXG. 


105 


I 


^ 


T  ^  T  rf  f  t 


shall    not  hide  thy    beau  -  ty,    Nor  light  -  ning  lay  thee    low ;        For 
bat  -  ties  thou  hast    won      us    Are   heard    of    far    and    near ;     And 


J.  -'rn^LA 


thou    hast  wav'd  o'er  he-  roes  Who  fought  death  face  to       face,       And 
while    thy  white  cross  wav  -  eth   Proud  o  -  ver  land  and      sea        Shall 


j=fe 


up 
aU 


to  heav'n  your  cross  hath  rais'd   The  brave  old  Dan  -  ish    race, 
the  North's  sweet  harp  -  tones     Re  -  sound  in  praise  of    thee. 


3  As  stars  in  heav'n,  so  many 

Great  warriors  thou  canst  name; 
Yet,  of  them  all,  not  any 

Eclipse  our  Christian's  fame : 


He,  armor-clad,  victorious. 
Sees  from  the  shores  of  light 

How  oft  a  hero  glorious 
Appeals  for  Denmark's  right. 


4  See  Christian's  palm  appearing 

Whene'er  thy  cross,  pure  white, 
Its  crest  is  proudly  rearing 

To  spur  the  Danes  in  fight  1 
On  ev'ry  wind  be  flying ; 

Thy  sons  all  cherish  thee ; 
Thy  fame  will  be  undying. 

Till  waves  shall  vanished  be. 

5  See,  those  to  thee  remaining 

Glow  as  thy  purple-red. 
For  thee,  by  love  unwaning. 

To  death  and  vict'ry  led. 
O  thou,  our  glory's  token, 

Float  high  on  ev'ry  shore. 
Till  northern  armor  's  broken, 

And  Danes'  hearts  beat  no  more ! 


106 


NEW   THIED   iq-ATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


NATIONAL    SONG    OF    DENMARK. 

P.  E.  Rasmussen. 


^ 


f  f  r  r'r  ^  ^  ffTT 


^ 


1.  Den-mark's  love  -  ly    fields  and  mead  -ows,  Cleav'd  by  bil  -  lows  blue, 

2.  Now  our    lov'd  and  bless  -  ed    coun-try      Is      a    fruit- ful    land, 


P 


i 


g^ 


i 


When  the    hearts    of       all       the     peo  -    pie,     Loy  -  al        are    and 
O  -  ver  -  shad  -  ow'd      and     pro  -  tect  -  ed       By      our       Fa-  ther's 

4 — 


I 


^m 


r=r^ 


rrT^ 


r 

true, 
hand. 


r  r 

They    who       in       the      heat      of 
May     his      bless  -  ing      rest      up 


bat  -  tie.    Round    the 
on        us.      May      his 

I 


^=^=^ 


J      J-   J 


t 


f=f=f 


high 
strong ; 


flag 
love 


r  r  r 

sent    from      on 
be       ev    -    er 


Firm  -  ly       stand    while 
Let        us         all        his 


fe^ 


^ 


i 


I 


J   i    ,1  I  J 


nons  rat  -  tie,      And      our    na  -  tion's    he     -    roes         die. 
est  prais  -  es.     Sing      for    aye      in        joy    -   ous         song. 


can 
high 


OFF   FOR   THE    SEA-SHORE. 


¥^^r^Hi\tiO\f-i\i/\hl 


1.  The  sum-mer  days  are      tempt  -  ing,  We  haste  to  get    a  -  way,  Quite 

2.  I    long    to  seethe       O    -    cean.  Where  I  would  sit  con  -  tent,   To 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


107 


1^^^^^^ 


i 


pm- 


'  r  f  r  f  I  r  f  f  I  f  r  f 


read  -  y      for     our   jour  -  ney,   We       bid    the  town  good  -  day,     Quite 
watch  the  sun  -  set     glo    -    ry,    Where  we  would  pitch  our    tent,       To 


m 


J.  J I J 


m 


^=L^^ 


r  r  r  r  I  r 


f^^ 


f 


read-y      for    our  jour  -  ney    We        bid    the  town  good -day,         A- 
watch  the     sun  -  set    glo  -  ry,     Where  we  would  pitch  our  tent ;      How 


1?=^ 


I     I 


t 


4=^=^ 


t 


&^. 


r  r  Vf — F 


FP?=^ 


t 

way  from  streets  and     al     -    leys,  From  mar- kets  and  their  store,    From 
beau-ti  -  ful      the     pros  -    pectlHow  pure  the  air!  how  sweet     To 


I 


S 


ff 


:J=^A^ 


S 


^ 


"^^ 


f^^-f- 


f 


bus  -  tie     and     con  -  fu    -     sion,  And     all      the     cit   -  y       roar, 
lis  -  ten      to      the      sto     -      ry       Of    wave  -  lets    at      our     feet  I 


3  Oh,  come  1  remain  no  longer. 

Lay  all  your  work  aside ; 
We  know  you  will  be  stronger 

For  bathing  in  the  tide. 
We  know  you  will  be  stronger 

For  bathing  in  the  tide. 
Oh,  come  with  me,  and  listen 

To  the  mysterious  chant 
Of  restless  wave  and  billow, 

So  thrilling  and  so  grand. 


108 


I^-EW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    HEADER. 


THE    JOLLY    SAILOR. 


NOT  TOO  FAST. 


^ 


S^ 


:^^ 


t 


^ 


t=^ 


1.  Ho,    he,     ha! 

2.  Ho,    he,     ha! 


am     a    sail- or  gay;       It     does  not  weigh  a 
am     a     sail  -  or  gay ;     Some  splendid  loads  we 


i- 


i 


N-^- 


^ 


3 


? 


feath  -  er,     If      foul  or 
car    -  ry;   On      land  we 


"     "    I       1^    y     i^    f/    G 

fair  the  weath  -  er,     If     dark  the   sky    or 
nev  -  er      tar  -  ry, — Not  long  -  er  than  we 


i 


i 


;^=nrprm 


±-f- 


I         \j    \j    "J 

clear.        A    sail -or,  ho, 
can.       The  sail -or,  ho, 


he,  ha! 
he,  ha! 


\J      "J      "J  \J 

A     sail  -  or,  ho,   he,   ha  !  A 

The  sail  -  or,  ho,  he,    ha  !         In 


^^m 


^^ 


n-r 


sail  -  or  has  no  fear,  A 
God  we  put  our  trust,  In 


no      fear ! 


sail -or  has 

God  we  put      our    trust. 


BUNKER    HILL. 


Mrs.  J.  r.  LouGHLiN. 

ARDENT,    QUICK. 


I 


m 


mt 


t 


rs      -  N     r\       [\       s      -f 


iti:: 


^t=^- 


t=t 


X  y  "i  ^  ^  t; ., 

1.  We    mus  -  ter  our    for  -  ces  now  through  the  deep  midnight.  From 

2.  Our    pru-  dent  com-mand  -  er    thus     gal  -  lant-  ly      or  -  ders    His 


M     U       >^  CRES,  ) 


i 


r^ 


r 


vil  -  lage  and  ham  -  let  the     j^a  -  triots     are    hast  -  ing  ;        We 


yeo  -  men  and    vil   -  la-  gers,  val   -    iant     and  stead 


y; 


They 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


109 


^ 


crowd  round  our  chief,  who, though   ea    -    ger    for    com-  Lat.    Sa;s 
watch    the  foes    com  -  ing,     and      each     stur  -  dy     pa  -  triot     To 


^i 


i 


^^ 


s 


^^ 


--¥^^=i 


V     V 


r 


'     .1      ^ 

"Pow- der  and  shot,  my  brave  men,     be       not    wast    -  ing:        Just 
give   them  the  death-deal-ing    balls   now       is      read     -    y;         N'ew 


^^^^^m 


wait       till    the  whites     of    their      eyes      you        see.  Then 

Eng  -  land    ne'er   saw      such     a  glo  -  rious      day.  We 


E^ 


J 


i 


P^m 


up,     men,    and     at      them    for    Free   -  dom !  '* 
fight     for       our  coun  -  try      and  Free   -   dom ! 

3  Now  twice  with  aim  deadly  we  thin  out  their  columns. 

Like  grass  'neath  the  scythe  of  the  mower  they  're  falling ; 
Now  through  the  thick  battle  we  hear,  with  emotion. 
The  voice  of  our  leader,  like  trumpet  loud  calling ; 
"  Now  back,  valiant  soldiers ;  we  've  proved  to-day 
"We  can  fight,  and  will  fight,  for  Freedom !  " 

4  Oh,  let  us  remember,  while  hearts  are  rejoicing, 

The  hero  who  fell  on  the  field,  bravely  fighting  ; 
He  stood  in  the  ranks,  all  position  refusing, 

To  deeds  of  true  bravery  each  man  inciting : 
Brave  Warren  has  fallen  on  Bunker  Hill, — 
.   '     He  died  for  his  country  and  Freedom. 


no 


NEW   THIRD    KATIOi^AL   MUSIC   READER. 


I 


WINTER. 


^^ 


m 


^ 


f 


r  ^  ^  r    I 


P  -9- 


f-  '^  ^ 

1.  O       Will  -  ter,      O     Win  -    ter,    We  know    you     are    here;     Yoiir 

2.  How  dark       is      the    sky    while  the   storm  -  y    winds  blow !     The 


i 


:^=^ 


J 


^^ 


cy      touch  killed       all      the     birds       far       and      near ;    The 


frH^^ 


faM 


^iP 


r~rr 


trees        are      all      bare,        and  emp  -  ty  's     the     nest ;        But 

birds       look      in       vain       for  their    food       all        a  -  round :       ISTo 


mm 


$ 


i 


^=f 


u 


we       shall    find        out        it  is  all  for      the        best. 

ber  -  ries,      no       leaves,    and       no      worms     can      be        found. 


3  Yet  many  a  pleasure  does  cold  Winter  bring, 
And  Winter  is  welcome  the  same  as  the  Spring ; 
Our  kind,  loving  Father  will  shorten  his  stay. 
And  we  '11  make  it  shorter  with  song  and  with  play. 


Mi 


HAVE    YE    FAITH   IN    ONE    ANOTHER. 

MUEHLING. 


^m 


uT~in 


1.  Have      ye      faith      in       one  an  -    oth    -    er.         When      ye 

2.  We      have     all       some  tran  -   sient      sor    -    row        That      o'er 


BOOK    I.  —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


Ill 


rfe^#ft=^ 


LZjO 


meet in  friendship's  name,     For     the        friend  ....  should 

shad    -    -    -    ows  us       to  -    day ;       But    have       faith in 


be 

a 

broth    - 

er, 

And 

his 

one 

an 

-  oth      - 

er, 

And 

it 

heart .  .  .  should  beat    the 
soon  .  .  .      will    pass      a  - 


- — — -       I       u      I-. ^r 


same,     And      his  heart  should  beat .  . 
way.      And       it     soon    will      pass  .  . 


the  same, 

a      -       way. 


3  Have  ye  faith  in  one  another. 
And  let  honor  be  your  guide  ; 
Let  the  truth  alone  be  spoken, 
II :  Whatsoever  may  betide.  :|| 

MORNING   PRAISE. 

4- 


^^^ 


^4U-L^ 


rr 


rrrrrn~T 


I  I  ■  I  I  ^r 

1.  My  Godjhow  endless  is  thy  love  1  Thy  gifts  are  ev  -  'ry  ev'n-  ing  new; 

2.  I  yieldmypow'rstothy  command;  To  Thee  I   con  -  se  -  crate  my  days ; 


And  morning  mer-cies  f rom  a  -  bove  Gen- tly  dis-til,  like  ear- ly    dew. 
Per-  pet-ual  blessings,  from  thy  hand^Demand  per-pet-ual  songs  of  praise. 


112 


l^EW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


THE    HERO. 


From  the  German.  -\- 

STRONG  AND  RATHER  FAST. 


fc 


w 


J  I 

1.  To        horse!        to    horse!      with 

2.  Our  no    -      ble        he    -    ro 


flag 
gains 


in      hand, 
the      day ; 


Our 

The 


mm 


tzri 


dar  -   ing       he    -  ro       leads    the    way,  Our      val  -  iant  hosts    ride 
gal  -  Iant   charge  he      bold  -  ly     made  Shall  many    a    year      re  - 


I'l  ii  dim 


firm      and  fast,    Nor        from  the    path     to        glo  -    ry  stray. 


To 


mem  -  bered  be,  Though  crown  of      lau  -  rels     green  may  fade.       Thou 


^  f'  >  )^r^r"i\)  i-l~4 


com  -  bat  gainst  the 
he    -    ro    bold,    thy 


rem    we 


foe  -  man's  might.  With  stead  -  y 

glo    -    ry  sounds  Throughout    our    grate  -  f  ul 


m 


^m 


f^TrT^f=^ 


rr 


fear  -  less     go ;     We  '11    die       or      con  -  quer      on 
na  -  tive  land ;      Its    cause      in    want      and     per 


the  field;   The 
ils  grave,  Thou 


^m 


7f=f=f 


-J± 


ff 


r 


earth  with      pa  -  triots'    blood     shall      flow, 
hast    sus  -tained  with      cour  -   age      grand. 


BOOK   I.  —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


THE    HAPPY    FARMER. 


113 


From  the  German,  -j- 

SPRIGHTLY 


N^=#N=.'ii'  irx  I 


t 


1.  I'm     a  hap  -  py    farm  -  er  -  boy,    Fame   and  rich  -  es     scorn -ing; 

2.  Hum-ble  hopes  and  stead  -  y      toil      Leave    no  time  for     sigh  -  ing; 


^j^xf-w  ||  hf^=H^m 


Sounds  that  fill     my  heart  with    joy     Greet   me  night  and  morn  -  ing. 
Safe    with-  in      the  fruit  -  f ul     soil      All     my  wealth  is      ly    -    ing. 


n^^±=± 


^ 


m 


M 


f  r  T  rr"'  "f 


r^ 


Ev-'ry-bod-y      calls  me  "Dan," Boys   and  girls    all      hail  me; 

Will  -  ing  work-ers    earn  sue- cess  —  God  with-holds  it        nev     -      er; 


?  CRES. 


L-U-AJ 


^^ 


^ 


'M'Fr^ 


m^ 


-<5>- 


me. 
or. 


I  'm    an  hon-est  work-ing-man,  Troubles  ne'er  as   -    sail . 
He    will  al-ways  greet  and  bless     Ev  -  'ry  true  en    -    deav 


3  Gold  nor  title,  bonds  nor  stock, 

Make  my  spirits  fearful ; 
Ever  'neath  my  working-frock 

Beats  a  heart  that  *s  cheerful. 
Cheerful  heart  and  conscience  clear, 

Who  'd  exchange  for  money  ? 
God  still  keeps  me  free  from  fear ; 

All  my  days  are  sunny. 


114 


m 


KEW  THIRD   KATIO^AL  MUSIC   READER. 
OPENING    SONG. 

^T-^+ri    J    J     II    ,    'J 


^ 


1.  The  night  has  passed  a  -  way,     We    meet    a  -  gain  to  -  day;    God' 

2.  Oh,     let    US  sing,  with   joy,     The  prais  -  es     of    our    King  1    He 


i=i 


i^ 


^ 


rr^rT^M^T=j 


ho  -    ly       an -gels    thro'   the  night  Kept  si  -  lent  watch  till  morn-ing 
sends  his    gifts  for   large  and  small;  His  lov  -  ing  care  sur- rounds  us 


wfffffmim^ 


^='=r=rTTf=Tf 


light.  Dear  Fa-ther,from  a  -  bove    Ac  -  cept  our  grate -ful    love, 
all.  Dear  Fa- ther,  f  rom  a  -  bove    Ac-  cept  our  grate -ful    love. 


JUBILEE    SONG. 


Adapted  from  the  German,  -j- 


A.  E.  ZiTZ. 


I 


lA 


J.  J'J    Jli 


t 


^ 


1.  All     hail,    be-lov  -  ed     Fath  -  er-land  1  Be  hushed  all  tones    of 

2.  O'er     all    thy  plains,  in     sil  -  v'ry  sheen  The   ri-p'ning  grain    is 


^^^^^^ 


sad  -  ness ;  The    Lord  has  giv'n,  with  boun  -  teous  hand,   Pros 
blow  -  ing,    And    gold  -  en  -  gleam-  ing  fruits       are      seen.     In 


yT^JTl-77]^ 


j  ■  ;  ^1-s^ 


f— tn-f^ 


rj 


per   -    i    -      ty        and    glad  -    ness ;    He     makes  each  fer    -    tile, 
fer    -    tile     gard  -  ens     grow  -  ing;    The    grass       is  green,     the 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SOKG. 


115 


i 


fc^Nl4^ 


rm 


fWfi 


r 


ver  -  dant    field     Its    wealth    of  gold  -    en       har  -  vest  yield :  His 
woods    a    -    bout  With   song-bird's  tune  -  f  ul    notes    ring    out,  And 


#^^^^^^ 


r=f-^r-:r 


r 

joy  -  ful    peo  -  pie, 
vine  -  clad  hills  are 


meet    -    ing,    Shall    give      him  praise  and 
stoop  -   ing.    With    pur    -    pie     clus  -  ters 


1^ 


^ 


greet  -  ing. 
droop  -  ing. 


Hail,      no  -  ble     land, —      Co  -  lum  -    bia,    hail ! 
Hail,      no  -ble    land, —      Co-  lum  -    bia,    haill 


3  O'er  sea  and  river  all  along 

The  ships  are  proudly  gliding. 
While  countless  towns  and  cities  strong 

Are  on  their  shores  abiding. 
Round  all  our  joyous,  happy  land 
Our  people  join,  with  heart  and  hand, 

In  works  of  peace  advancing, 

Her  glory  still  enhancing. 
Hail,  noble  land, —  Columbia,  hail  1 

4  With  courage  have  thy  heroes  borne 

Thy  banners,  burnt  and  tattered, 
Thro'  battle's  smoke,  when,  all  forlorn, 

Their  every  rank  was  battered. 
And,  ever  brave  in  camp  and  field. 
With  spirit  high,  refused  to  yield. 

Our  song  to  heaven  raises 

Thy  children's  grateful  praises. 
Hail,  noble  land, —  Columbia,  haill 


116 


XEW   THIRD    NATI0:N"AL   MUSIC    READER. 


=s 


SPRINGTIME. 

a   I' — - — ^ 


^ 


s 


a 


^=^ 


^-^ 


:P 


^- 


P=^^ 


#-H*^ 


^ 


x-t 


_  _      .  u  u      • 

1.  Breez-es      of  spring-time,   Wel-come  to    you, 

2.  Bright-est     of    fo  -    liage,    Gai  -  ly     a  -  dorns 


Wel-come  to 
Moun-  tain  and 


m 


^=^^- 


t 


^ 


flow  -  ers,       Sparkling  with  dew, 
val  -  ley.       Woodland  and  lawn. 


Ban  -  ished  is      win  -  ter 
Hap  -  pythe      In  -  sects, 


^&m 


s 


m 


^-^ 


^^W^'^^ 


:S 


&w 


i^'- 


With    ice       and  snows,  Gai  -  ly  the  brook- let      Sings     as        it 
Bus    -    y        the    bees,     Birds  are  now  build  -  ing    Nests     on       the 


ter 


.Lvji=^ 


s 


m 


mar 


f 


-^» — ^- 


T 


b  b  ^ 


flows.     Green  is      the  mead  -ow,   Blue    is  the  sky,  Blue  is  the  sky, 
trees.  Spring-time's  bright  footsteps.  Seen  every  where.  Seen  every  where 


^ 


JUA-A 


y^' ^  c  g V 


'^  --     '  ^  u  I 

Gold  -  en    and  fleec  -  y  Clouds  sail-ing    by. 
With    joy  -  ous  mus  -  ic,     Fill-ing    the   air. 


THE    FOREST    CONCERT. 

-tVH \-, — I M 1    I    J      ■ 


^^E^E^ 


^^ 


1 


f=pT 


i^ 


1.  Oh!  have  you  heard  there  is      to  be,    A      con-cert    in  the    wood? 

2.  The  Goldfinch  plays  first  vi  -   o-lin.  He  knows  thetune  by     heart; 


BOOK  I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


117 


^^$^^m^^m^ 


f 

They're  tun -ing  now  their    in-struments,  As      all  good  players  should. 
His    cous  -  in  Bullfinch  then  be- gins  To    take  the  sec  -  ond    part. 


--   N 


^-3^ ■ 


What  ju  -  bi  -  lee  !  What  mel  -  o  -  dy  I  The    air   is  filled  with  sound  ; 
What  ju  -  bi  -  lee  1  What  mel  -  o  -  dy  1  The     air   is  filled  with  sound  ; 


A      whistling  gay,  A  sing  -  ing  a- way,  By  all  the  birds    a  -  round. 
A      whistling  gay,  A  sing  -  ing  a-  way,  By  all  the  birds    a  -  round. 

3  The  Oriole  soprano  sings,  With  voice  so  clear  and  sweet ; 
Together  with  the  Bobolink,  They  sing  a  fine  duet. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 

4  The  Golden  Robin's  trills  are  heard,  In  time  with  all  the  rest ; 
The  Linnet  twitters  on  a  flute,  And  does  its  very  best. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 

5  The  Brown  Thrush  plays  the  clarinet ;  Oh,  what  a  voice  it  has ! 
The  Raven,  with  his  deepest  tones.  Is  playing  double-bass. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 

6  The  Cuckoo  is  the  drummer-boy.   But  beats  too  loud,  I  fear ! 
The  Lark  is  winging  high  in  air,  And  blows  her  trumpet  clear. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 

7  The  Woodpecker,  with  bill  so  sharp.  And  with  a  baton  tall, 
As  leader  of  this  music-band.   Keeps  perfect  time  for  all. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 

8  The  animals  all  through  the  wood.  Make  eager  haste  to  come ; 
The  bees  and  insects  join  the  crowd  With  merry  buzz  and  hum. 

What  jubilee,  etc. 


118 


KEW   THIRD    NATIOl^AL   MUSIC   READER. 


From  the  German,  -f- 

MODERATO. 


POOR   MAN'S    SONG. 

(From  A  minor  to  A  major.') 


i^^s 


^m 


i^M 


1 


r 


1.  I'm  left      a  poor  and  friend-less  man,     Andwan-der    all      a -lone; 

2.  With -in    my  par-ents' house,  of    old,  I  sport-ed     all    the  day; 


w^-m-^\ii\iii.:\yf 


Yet    still      I    try,  with  cour- age  true.  To     sti  -  fle    sor- row's  moan 
The  deep  -  est  sor  -  row  fills  my  heart  Since  they  have  pass'd  a  -  way : 


^ 


^ 


^^m 


5 


^-^ 


r=f~^ 


r-fT 


r 


O    boun-teous  God !  Thou  dost  not  leave  Thy  child  all  joy  -  less  here ; 
Still  stands,in  yon-der    ham-let    low,      Thy  ho  -  ly  tem  -  pie  dear ; 


a±d-riJilj3 


m 


fm^ 


A    com-  fort  sweet  for  all  the  world  Descends  from  heav'n  to  cheer. 
The    or-gan'speal,the  cho-ral  song.  En -rapt- ure  ev  - 'ry  ear- 

3  I  see  the  blooming  gardens  fair, 

I  see  the  golden  corn ; 
All  dry  and  barren  lies  my  way, 

Beset  by  many  a  thorn : 
Still  shine  the  sun,  the  moon,  the  stars, 

So  brightly  over  me  ; 
And  when  the  vesper-bell  invites, 

I  walk,  my  Lord,  with  Thee. 

4  With  silent  sorrow  still  I  stay 

Amid  the  ha]3py  throng, 
And  greet  them  all  with  kindly  voice 
The  busy  way  along. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-rAKT  SONG. 


SUMMER    STILLNESS. 


119 


German.  -}- 


1.  The  burn  -  ing   sun   darts  daz-zling  beams,  From  skies   all  blue  and 

2.  The    flee  -  cy  cloud  -  lets  come  and    go,     Mys  -  te  -  rious  forms  ap 


i 


fc* 


»^ 


i 


i 


#^^=# 


r  -^ 

glow-  mg; 
pear  -  ing; 


^     ^     b 

With  gold  -  en  grain 
No    leaf    -  let    stirs. 


the  mead  -  ow  gleams ;  The 
no    breez  -  es   blow,      No 


I 


^^ 


^ 


stream  is    soft  -  ly     flow-  ing.    The  stream    is    soft  -  ly     flow  -  ing. 
bird  -  song  greets  the  hear-  ing,     No     bird  -  song  greets  the  hear  -  ing. 

3  As  far  as  eye  can  see  around, 

Pervades  God's  peace,  so  holy. 
In  stillness  calm  and  rest  profound, 
II :  Through  vale  and  hamlet  lowly.  .|| 

4  As  if  in  thankful  prayer  to  God, 

The  golden  stalks  are  bending 
In  solemn  cadence  to  and  fro, 
II :  Their  voiceless  praises  sending.  :|| 

5  O  heav'nly,  high,  and  holy  Word, 

Mysterious  Revelation ! 
I  bow  before  Thee,  gracious  Lord, 
II :  In  grateful  adoration.  :  || 


\_Concluded  from  opposite  j^af/e.'] 

When  Thou  unto  thy  feast  of  love, 
Shalt  call  thy  chosen.  Lord, 

May  I,  with  wedding-garment  clothed, 
Be  seated  at  thy  board ! 


120 


NEW   THIED    NATIONAL   MUSIC    KEADEll. 


SHERIFF    MUIR. 


i 


v-/- 


lE^tirx^ 


^^ — 5 — p — t- 


-^ — 


:%± 


I.Will    ye    go      to     She-  riffMuir,    Gal  -  lant  John  of      In  -  nis-ture, 
2.  There  you'll  see  the  ban  -  ners  flare,  There  you'll  hear  the  bag  -pipes  roar 


i 


A 


t:^- 


^^^^ 


^^^ 


f: 


#-^ 


There     to  see    the      no  -  ble  Mar     And      his  High-land   lad  -  dies ; 
And     thetrum-pets'  dead  -  ly  blare,  With      the  can  -  non's  rat  -  tie. 


I 


1= 


*: 


tti=i±iit±i 


m- 


#: 


#: 


-^ ^" 

All      the  true  men  of      the  north,   An  -  gus,Hunt  -ly,  and  Sea-forth, 

There  you'll  see     the  bold  MacC  raws,  Cam -'ron  and  Clan-ron  -  aid  raws; 


i 


m 


1^ 


^ 


s 


u 


Scour- ing  on      to  cross  the  Forth,  With  their  white  cock  -  a  -  des? 
All    the  clans,  with  loud  huz-zas,     Eush-ing  to      the    bat -tie  I 


THE    ALPINE   HORN   AT    SUNSET. 

From  the  German.  +  A.  Struth. 


tf 


^^m 


3=JTrnr^ 


^ 


:t^: 


r  ^   r  r  r  r  r  ^   r  f  ^ 

1.  Se -rene  lie      the  mead-ows       In  twi  -  light's  soft  shad-ows,      Al- 

2.  And  hark  lech -oes    bring -ing     The   Al  -  pine  horn  ring  -  ing,     How 


^-mrrrtM 


i^i 


~r 

read-y    the    momitains  are  fad  -  ing  from  sight,    The    red  sun    is 
joy-ful  and    tune-ful      at  clos  -  ing  of      day;    Kow  heav- en-ward 


mm 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SOXG. 

!       1 


121 


i 


S3 


n 


i 


-N--# 


^ 


^^ 


^TJ- 


sink -ing,  The  bright  stars  are       blink -ing,    The  hill  -  tops       now 
soar  -  ing,  "Wliat  bliss  -  ful    out-   pour  -  ing  !  Now  tremb-ling       and 


I 

van-ish     in      mists  of    the     night, 
sigh-ing,   its     song  dies    a  -    way. 


Tra  la      la    la,       tra  la    la 
Tra  la      la    la,      tra  la    la 


la,       Tra  la        la    la        la        la        la      la      la,  Tra  la        la 


at 


la        tra  la      la    la,      Tra  la  ,  la  la        la        la        la. 


3  What  holy  affections, 
What  sweet  recollections 

Of  bliss  and  of  sorrow  awake  in  my  heart  1 

The  Alpine  horn's  sounding 

In  beauty  abounding. 
Delights  and  enchants  with  its  magical  art. 
Tra  la  la,  etc. 

4  I  hear  the  sweet  gushing 
Of  waterfalls,  rushing ; 

The  song  of  the  boatman  who  rocks  in  his  boat ; 

1'he  herdsmen's  glad  chorus. 

The  bells  pealing  o'er  us, 
My  fancy  transport  as  they  tmiefuUy  float. 
Tra  la  la,  etc. 


122 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


PEOPLE'S    SONG. 


From  the  German.  -\- 

LITELT.    - 


i 


14- 


J— 4 


a 


1.  Pro  -  claim,  my  song,  and    sound    it  loud  !  Let      ev  -  'ry    heart    re 

2.  The  fame    of    our    dear     na  -  tive  land  Shall  sound  from   sea     to 


I 


^ 


^ 


^m 


r 

joice ; 


Let  ev  -  'ry  bo  -  som      swell      with  pride;  Sing 

Our      hearts  shall    glow    when       we         be  -  hold    Our 


i 


S^A=J=i^ 


ifl 


B 


U 


F^ 


T 


T 


prais 

-  es, 

ev    • 

•  'ry 

voice  ! 

star 

-IT 

flag 

so 

free; 

Let  ev    -   ry        bo    -     som 

Our      hearts  shall    glow      when 


pM^hn^ 


W: 


f 


r   r 

swell    with  pride,  Sing    prais  -  es,  ev    -  'ry      voice  I 

we        be  -  hold     Our      star  -  ry  flag      so        free. 


3  Our  nation  's  godly,  pure,  and  strong ; 

From  greed  of  conquest  clear  ; 
II :  Protect,  O  God,  and  save  from  ill 

Our  country's  flag  so  dear.  :|| 


4  So  ring,  my  song,  throughout  the  world, 

In  strains  of  joy  and  love  : 
II :  May  Heaven  enrich  our  native  land, 

With  blessings  from  above. :  || 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


BATTLE-SONG. 


123 


From  the  German.  -\- 


2N  MARCHING  TIME. 


#*-^ 


ti 


^m 


^ 


r^ 


J 


1.  Hark  1    hark,     the     roll        of         the       loud      stir  -  ring  drum ! 

2.  For  -  ward,      all      for    -  ward  I     with      sa      -    bre     in    hand, 


« 


^ 


& 


^ 


f 


rr 


Sol  -  diers      all      joy    -    ful   -  ly       march-    ing  they  come; 
Guard    and    pro  -  tect        ye       our       dear      na  -  tive    land ; 


H 


p 


mf 


Soon        on      the      field        ye    shall      meet      with      the       foe; 
Fear  -  less  -   ly      charge      in      the       thick      of        the       fight; 


II 


m^ 


:^=^=^ 


^ 


m 


f 


r? 


b 


r 

Flinch    not,   nor  swerve,    as         to        bat  -  tie        ye      go. 
This      be    your  watch-word :    For     God     and     the  Right ! 


3  Death  shall  ye  meet  all  undaunted  and  brave : 
Flow'rs  brightly  bloom  on  the  patriot's  grave ; 
Sooner  or  later,  in  war  as  in  peace. 

Death  cometh  surely  and  bringeth  release. 

4  Strike,  then,  with  courage;  in  God  put  your  trust; 
He  shall  protect  you,  the  Mighty,  the  Just; 
Proudly  the  conqu'ror  goes  home  from  the  field, 
Crowned  with  the  laurels  that  vict'ry  shall  yield. 


iZ4: 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


From  the  French.  -{- 

VIVACE. 

mf 


THE  HUNT. 


^^ 


i\^  ^  n 


ft 


1.  Now    gai  -  ly     to      the       green  -  wood      We  haste    at      ear  -  ly 

2.  Just     un  -  der-neath  the       hedge  -  row,       I      saw     the      fox  hard 


roll!  I  hmn^^m 


morn:       The  hunt- ers  ride    so     mer  -  ri  -  ly;    Thro'  all    the  for  -  est 
pressed,    O'er  rock   and  bush  light    bound  -  ing,  While  yet  the  horn  was 


m 


1 
'  f 


n'i\}  .'i^h^^=rrT^  -'^  ;M 


t 


f=T^ 


^  ^  r  g  'r 


cheer-  i  -  ly    Resounds  the  bu  -  gle  horn,        Resounds  the  bu  -  gle  horn, 
sound-ing  And  thrilling  ev  -  'ry  breast,     And  thrilling  ev  -  'ry  breast. 

3  Now  o'er  the  plain  he 's  flying ; 
He  leaps,  with  panting  breath ; 
The  dogs  are  hotly  chasing, 
The  eager  hunters  racing  1 
II :  We  're  in,  now,  at  the  death. :  || 


From  the  German.-^ 


SINGER'S    WANDERING   SONG. 


QUICK   AND  STRONG. 


I 


-N P^ 


i 


^=^ 


■*^ — N- 


1.  With  joy  -  ful  step    I     light -ly  trip,  And  greet  the  gladsome  day ; 

2.  My  song  a-wakes  the    echoes  round,They  answer,sweet  and  strong. 


m^Cii^t.prjui  I 


With  mu  -  sic  bright  and  cheerful  song  My  heart     is    ev    -   er  gay. 
The  sun    in  heav'n  I    loud  -  ly  greet,  The  pleas  -  ant  way      a  -  long. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART  SONG. 


125 


m^Ffffi 


Nor  rest    I  when  the  day    is  done,  But  draw  my  tune-f  ul     bow, 


m 


M^ 


?; 


m 


TJhfn^^^ 


H=^ 


ffr^ 


My  happy  thoughts,all    ju  -  bi- lant,Pour  out    in     joy  -  ous  sound. 
And  greet  the  tranquil  twilight  hour,With  mu-sic    soft  and  low, 


Ul 


^^m 


^ 


97^  't    ^ 


-c-^ 


Pour  out  in    Joy- ous  sound,       Pour  out  in    joy- ous  soundo 
With  mu-  sic  soft  and  low,       With  mu-  sic  soft  and  low. 


3  As  slowly  passes  on  the  night. 

So  calm,  so  clear,  so  still. 
Then,  in  the  mystic  light  of  stars, 

My  songs  the  silence  fill. 
Till,  lost  in  dreamy  slumbers  deep. 

All  peacefully,  I  rest : 
E  *en  all  my  dreams  with  harmonies 
|[:Most  wonderful  are  blest,  :]| 

Most  wonderful  are  blest. 

4  And  as  I  wander  here  and  there, 

O'er  vale  and  hill  and  mere. 
Full  many  say  a  friendly  word, 

And  greet  me  far  and  near. 
In  pain  or  pleasure  still  there  lies 

Relief  in  hymn  and  lay ; 
And  when  I  bid  the  world  adieu, 
II :  In  song  I  '11  pass  away  :]| 

In  song  I  '11  pass  away. 


126 


NEW  THIED   NATIONAL  MUSIC   BEADER. 


DANCING-SONG   IN   MAY. 


From  the  German.  -\- 

8PBIQHTLT. 


^m 


J     iJr-J.J 


nm^ 


JfTT^.^ 


1.  T>a 

2.  Tra 


la,  tra  la,   tra 
la,  tra  la,   tra 


la !  .  .     Sweet  May-time  comes  so  bright  andgay^ 
la !  .  .      Now  shines  the  gold  -en  morning  light, 

mf 


Tra  la,   tra  la,   tra     la !  .  . 
Tra  la,  tra  la,   tra     la  1  .  . 


The  cuck  -  GO    calls,  the  lamb -kins  play. 
It  makes  my  room  so  warm  and  bright. 


i 


Ul-diii^^ 


^ 


n 


r   'u  c; 


r-^rr 


tnr 


Now  ring  the  May-bells,biin,bom,  bumjThe    bees    are    hva-zing, 

And  many  a     dan  -  cing  pat -tern  weaves.  Now  sun-beams  glan-cing 
1 

ORES.  ^                                ^ 


*m3«  .  ^^_  I  IK 


zum,    zmn,  zum :     So   sweet      it    sounds  from   far      and  near !    Oh, 
through  the  leaves,  Peep  out,    hush,  hush,   and  laugh,   ha,      ha.      Oh, 


love 

■     ly 

May.  . 

is     here,  tra    la. 

tra 

la. 

love 

■     ly 

May,    . 

.     Oh,    love  -  ly  May 

IS 

here. 

3  Tra  la,  tra  la,  tra  la!  Beyond,  in  wood  and  meadow  green, 
Tra  la,  tra  la,  tra  la  1  Where  countless  op'ning  flow'rs  are  seen, 
How  sweetly  blooms  the  Springtime  fair, 
With  fragrance  scenting  all  the  air  1 
The  cloudless  heav'ns,  so  blue,  so  clear, — 
Oh,  lovely  May,  Oh,  lovely  May  is  here. 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PART   SONG. 


127 


From  the  French.  -|- 

BE18KLT. 


THE   TROUT. 


•^^c    If  p  c  c    r    *     ' 


^ 


7»      ^ 


1^         U'  1^      U         U' 

1.  The     brook- let     rip  -  pies    light  -  ly         O'er    peb  -  bles    in      and 

2.  There  came    a       si  -  lent     fish    -    er        And  stood     with  line    and 


out ;  Like  ar  -  row,  quick-  ly    dart  -  ing,   Ca  -   pri  -  cious  glides  the 

hook;         All    ea  -  ger  -  ly     he  watched them,With  cold    and  craft  -  y 


m 


^  n\i  r  7 


i 


r=H 


trout.        Up  -  on      a      bank  re  -  clin  -  ing,    In  dream  -  y,    pen  -  sive 
look.        Ah  1    fish  -  er,    spare  them,  spare  them,And  ruf  -  fle      not      the 


mood,       1  watched  the  speck-  led    fish    -  es    Dart    here    and  there  fc 


r 

mood,       I  watched  the  speck-  led    fish    -  es    Dart    here    and  there  for 
stream  I      I  thought  to    stay    his      an  -  gling,  A    -  rous  -  ing  from  my 


I 


i^mi 


I 


}'■  (^Ui  Uy^r  n"c'  ^?i?r 


food,      I  watched  the  speck  -  led    fish  -  es  Dart    here  and  there  for  food, 
dream,    I    thought  to    stay    his    an  -  gling,  A  -  rous  -  ing  from  my  dream. 

3  But  quick  the  skilful  angler 

Had  cast  his  cruel  fly ; 
A  quiet  ripple,  only, 

Betrayed  the  fish-hook  sly. 
Alas  !  ye  simple  fishes. 

No  more  ye'll  swim  the  brook, 
No  more  the  pensive  dreamer 

Upon  your  sports  shall  look. 


128 


KEW   THIRD   KATIOiq-AL  MUSIC   READER. 


From  the  German.  + 

MODERATO. 

^— ^j 1 


HOPE. 


Old  Song. 


^ 


^m 


'-^ 


r^ 


f  cj  I    r  (   r 

1.  If    sweet  hope  were  not  here,    Oh,    life    would  be  drear ;     On  -  ly 

2.  In     the  Win  -  ter      so     cold,  Hope  makes  the  heart  bold,    And   in 


I 


m 


4 


1  \i   i   1=^ 


I^ 


hope's    gen    -    tie       rain      Can     soft  -    en      our     pain.      Oh,    how 
Sum  -  mer,      so        hot,      Hope    com  -  forts    our       lot.      Oh,    how 


I 


i 


± 


m 


sad  't  would  be       far.      And  how    sad  't  would  be       near,        If    sweet 


i 


i 


^^^ 


f 


^1 


f    f    Ml" 


hope   were     not    there,       If  sweet  hope  were    not       herel 


3  When  the  storm  and  the  blast. 
The  boat  shall  drive  fast. 
When  the  billows  o'erwhelm, — • 
Hope  sits  at  the  helm. 
Oh,  how  sad,  etc. 


4  I  would  willingly  die. 
Mount  up  to  the  sky, 
For  sweet  hope  there  is  crowned, 
And  gladness  is  found. 
Oh,  how  sad,  etc. 


From  the  Gei-man.  -}-      SHEPHERD-BOY'S    SONG. 

MODERATELY  FAST. 

mf 


mmrTrrt-rnm 


1.  I      am       amoun-tain   shep-herd-boy,     With  light  step  bound -ing 

2.  The  streamlet's  f oun-  tain  head  is  here,        I     drink    it  fresh  from 


BOOK   I. —  TWO-PAKT   SONG. 


129 


m 


^ 


mi 


5=^ 


r=t 


f-t 


7 


glad      and  free;        The  sun's    first  rays        I      greet    with  joy;      His 
ston   -    y    cup;  It      rush  -  es  down       in     wild      ca-reer;    With 


S^ 


i 


fTTT 


f 


■V- 


lat  -  est  beams  smile  back    on      me. 
ea  -  ger  hand    I      catch    it        up. 


I       am      a    moun  -  tain 
I       am      a    moun  -  tain 


»    N 


^ 


15: 


* 


±=fz 


shep-herd-boy, 


rrrXT 


7 


a        moun-  tain    shep-herd  -  boy.        La 


3  The  rugged  mountain  is  my  own ! 

The  mighty  storm-winds  rush  along ; 
From  North  and  South  they  howl  and  moan, 
Their  pow'rf  ul  voices  drown  my  song. 
II :  I  am  a  mountain  shepherd-boy. :  || 
La,  la,  la,  la,  la. 


4  When  thunders  roll  and  lightnings  flash, 
I  seek  a  shelter  till  they  cease ; 
I  call  to  them,  as  on  they  dash. 

Oh,  leave  my  father's  house  in  peace ! 
II :  I  am  a  mountain  shepherd-boy. :  || 
La,  la,  la,  la,  la. 


130 


KEW  THIKD   KATIOKAL  MUSIC   READER. 


From  the  German.  -{- 


THE   HUNTER. 

»  S 


s 


^ 


:t 


-f-  ^         V  \j  \j  \  ^ 
V 

1.  A  hun  -  ter  on  the  hill,  Who    gal   -  lops    thro'  the 

2.  Now  sad  -  die  me  my  horse,  And  help       me    strap  my 


»  S 


^m 


^ 


i 


^ 


fr^ 


t? 


for  -  est  green,  And  shoots  the  star-  tied    deer,  Sings  thro'  the    air     so 
wal-  let     on;     A  -  gain  I  '11  gal -lop    forth,  All  fresh  at    ear  -  ly 


nJI 


keen:  Ho,   ho,       ha,  ha! 

dawn  1         Ho,   ho,      ha,   ha ! 


rr 


FuUmer-ry     is    the  hun-ter's  life,  All 
FuUmer-ry    is    the  hun-ter's  life.  All 


i 


^^E3 


the    for  -  est      good.    Here 


in      the  shad  -  y 


wood. 


3  I  '11  not  go  home  again 

Until  the  noisy  cuckoo  calls ; 
I  '11  chase  the  fallow  deer 
Till  darkness  round  me  falls. 
Ho,  ho,  etc. 


BOOK    II 


THREE-PART    SONG 


PREFACE  TO  BOOK  II. 


The  following  Three-Part  Exercises  and  songs  are  for  the  use  of 
those  who  desire  a  short  course  in  three-part  singing,  although  it  is 
advised  that  the  practice  of  two-part  song  be  continued  as  long  as 
possible,  on  account  of  the  greater  freedom  in  range  of  voice  in  that 
kind  of  composition.  Three-part  song,  as  a  rule,  necessarily  confines 
the  lower  voices  within  a  very  limited  compass,  and  is  best  adapted 
for  advanced  grades,  where  the  voices  are  more  mature. 

The  following  translation  of  the  Preface  to  the  Third  Part  of 
C.  H.  Hohmakn's  Practical  Course  of  Instruction  in  Singing,  expresses 
so  well  the  purpose  of  this  book,  that  we  give  it  here  in  full,  inasmuch 
as  the  National  Music  Course  is  based  on  that  excellent  work  of  this 
distinguished  author: — • 

"  When  the  pupils  of  a  school  have  arrived  so  far  that  the  majority  of  them  can 
sing  the  most  common  choral  tunes  in  unison,  and  a  few  simple  songs  in  two  parts, 
this  is  in  general  thought  sufficient,  and  the  object  of  their  school  instruction  sup- 
posed to  be  attained.  But  very  much  depends  upon  how  it  has  been  attained.  If 
the  instruction  has  been  methodical  and  hy  note^  pupils  can  then  go  on  and  learn  new 
choral  melodies  from  notes  by  themselves;  but  if  they  have  been  taught  to  sing  only 
by  ear,eyeTy  new  melody  presents  new  difficulties,  and  they  are  obliged  to  listen  very 
attentively  to  the  voice  of  the  chorister  or  the  organ  a  long  time  before  they  can 
master  it,  and  then  not  with  sufficient  certainty. 

"In  good  schools,  instruction  is  given  by  note;  and  it  is  astonishing  how  much  can 
be  accomplished  by  a  strict  method  and  a  correct  course  of  teaching,  especially  wlicn 
the  elementary  instruction  in  the  younger  classes  has  been  properly  attended  to,  and 
in  the  more  advanced  classes  the  work  has  been  carried  on  regularly  and  progres- 
sively.. In  the  upper  class  a  new  choral  melody  can  generally  be  sung  at  sight,  and 
a  common  two-part  song  after  only  a  few  trials.  Nor  is  any  more  time  given  to 
musical  instruction  in  these  schools  than  in  others  where  pupils  are  taught  by  ear; 
but  a  far  higher  end  is  attained :  so  that  there  is  even  time  left  them  in  their  course 
to  go  on  to  three-  and  four-part  songs. 

"  For  such  schools  — for  those,  I  mean,  where  a  methodical  spirit  prevails,  the  fruits 
of  which  are  seen  in  other  branches  of  instruction  as  well  as  in  that  of  music  — 
for  such  advanced  schools  the  present  number  is  intended." 


4  PKEFACE  TO   BOOK  II. 

Let  it  not  be  forgotten,  that  the  proper  training  of  ear  and  voice, 
and  the  cultivation  of  musical  taste,  are  the  chief  objects  of  musi- 
cal instruction  in  common  schools.  The  best  means  to  this  end  is  a 
good  selection  of  appropriate  school-songs,  carefully  taught.  It  is 
recommended  that  scholars  of  this  grade,  as  well  as  those  of  the  lower 
classes,  commit  to  memory  several  songs,  both  the  poetry  and  music, — 
and  those  some  of  the  most  difficult, —  so  that  they  may  be  able  to 
give  more  attention  to  a  tasteful  performance.  *^'  It  is  not  by  singing, 
merely,  that  the  taste  is  improved,  but  by  expressive  singing." 

L.  W.  M. 


INDEX  TO  BOOK  II. 


THEORY  AND   EXERCISES. 


PAGE 

Classification  of  Voices  ....  7 

C  Major 9 

G  Major 19 

F  Major 26 

D  Major 31 


B-flat  Major 38 

A  Major 46 

E-flat  Major 51 

E  Major 59 

A-flat  Major 62 


Progressive  Songs. 


Awak'd  with  Exultation     ...  64 

Awake  my  Heart 22 

A  Wood  Concert 28 

Away  with  Needless  Sorrow    .     .  13 

Barbarossa 42 

Bless  the  Lord 57 

Brave  of  Heart  and  Warriors  Bold  72 

Cradle  Song 73 

Evening  Shadows  (Round)      .     .  33 

Ever-Flowing,  Mighty  Ocean  .     .  15 

Far  from  Home 43 

Fly  with  Me 78 

Gentle  Moon 20 

God  Omnipotent 14 

In  April 63 

Let  us  with  a  Gladsome  Mind      .  56 

Lovely  is  the  Heaven  Blue       .    .  50 

Morning 18 

Morning  Breaks 27 

Morning  Song 74 

Murmur,  Gentle  Lyre      ....  12 

Norwegian  Fatherland  Song   .     .  68 

Now  the  Wintry  Storms  are  O'er  66 


O  Flow'ret  Fair 37 

Oh,  See  how  Pleasant     ....  60 

On  the  Laughing  Wave  ....  76 

Pleasures  of  the  Wood    ....  52 

Prayer 36 

Saturday 16 

Sea-Song 54 

See  !  the  Setting  Sun  is  Firing    .  22 

Shortness  of  Time 61 

Song  of  May 65 

Song  of  the  Dragoons      ....  58 

The  Alpine  Shepherd      ....  34 

There  is  a  River 30 

The  Flowers  I  love 41 

The  Foot-Traveller 48 

The  Holiday 32 

The  Morning  Star 39 

The  Sunbeams  Streak  the  Azure  66 

The  World  is  \Vide 24 

To  the  Mountains 44 

Travelling  Song 70 

Village  Bells  (Round)     ....  40 

Welcome  Home 47 


(7) 


INTRODUCTION  TO   BOOK   11. 


CLASSIFICATION"   OF  VOICES. 

The  following  exercises  and  songs  are  intended  for  girls,  schools  wherein  the 
pupils  average  12  years  of  age.  Great  care  should  be  taken  in  the  classification 
of  voices. 

The  following  exercises  on  the  Tetrachords  will  be  found  useful. 


Sopranos. 


1st  Tetrachord. 


2nd  Tet 


I 


u 


ASCENDING. 

I  I      1st  Tet. 


2nd  Tet. 


m 


t 


#— ^ 


^=^ 


Al-TOS. 


n  J  J  J-4f-i 


^ 


wm 


^— •^ 


Sopranos. 


2nd  Tet. 


Ife? 


DESCENDING. 


1st  Tet. 


2nd  Tet. 


1st  Tet. 


^ 


^y 


-•— r 


Altos. 


i^gs 


m 


^—0 


^^ 


The  test  as  to  a  pure  First  Soprano  is,  to  strike  the  twice-marked  f  in  the  1st 
tetrachord  in  the  upper  scale  descending : — 


± 


i^ 


m 


Those  who  can  do  this  with  medium  force  can  sing  one  or  two  degrees  higher 
with  ease,  after  a  little  careful  training.  The  proportion  of  girls  who  can 
do  this  easily  will  be  about  one  in  five ;  so  that  there  should  be  two  Second 
Sopranos  and  two  Altos  to  one  First  Soprano  in  a  chorus. 


(8) 


The  compass  of  the  several  voices  is  as  follows :  — 

First  Soprano. — From  c  to  g. 


i 


SL 


-JSl 


% 


Second  Soprano. — From  b  to  e. 


m 


-J21 


-iSh         -ST 


i 


Alto. — From  g  to  c. 


The  following  is  found  by  experience  to  be  about  the  right  proportion  :  — 


Number  of  Voices. 


Class  of  fifty     . 

«  «  forty    . 

«  «  thirty  . 

«  "  twenty. 

"  "  sixteen. 

«  "  twelve  . 

«  «  ten  .     . 

"  "  nine     . 

«*  "  six .    . 


First  Sopr. 


10 


Second  Sopr. 


Altos. 


20 
16 


12 

7 
6 


20 

16 

12 

8 

6 

5 

3 
2 


NEW  THIRD 
NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


BOOK  II.— THREE -PART  SONG. 


i 


C-Major. 
(a)  Common  Chord  of  the  First  Degree. 


a.  b.  c,  d.  e.  f.  g.   _, 


:a- 


:3L 


I 


S 


^ 


* 


3: 


* tr'-i- * * 


-^ — ;i^"-^- 


All        that    have   life      and  breath,      sing         to       the      Lord, 
(&)  Common  Chord  of  the  Fifth  Degree. 


JSl- 


a.  b.  c.  d.  e.  f.  g. 

*— /g;    '   g* — ' — z? — ■ ■ ■ ■ — & — ■ 


■ST 

V 


w^ 


I 


j^H-n-hizj^t^g 


E 


I       V       I 

Ev'n  -  ing    lay. 


lyi        ivi        IV 

Morn-ing    song.  Sweet  per  -  fume.  Song    of 


I 

birds. 


(c)  Seventh  Chord  of  the  Fifth  Degree. 

a.         ft.  c.  d.         e.  f. 


in  .,  V^^k^^^rVs 


la: 


? 


w 


-73- 


6, 


^ 


7. 


8. 


E 


^^^^^^m 


-^    i    ^ 


*/      -#- 


v? 


I         V7         I  I  V7         I  IVI  I 

For  -  est    joys.  Hunts-man's  call.     Bu  -  gle  sound.    Ech  -  oes 


I 
loud. 


10 


KEW   THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 

(d)  Ninth  Chord  of  the  Fifth  Degree. 
10. 


11. 


s 


fa4J4=4fl 


:2- 


I     V9   I 

Hill  and  dale. 


te±l2^ 


r 


sr 


V9 


^ 


I      V9      I 

Mead-ow  brook. 


(e)  Common  Chord  of  the  Fourth  Degree. 


i 


d. 


1^2: 


b;  \<,\,  \-^,+^r^^=Sm 


IV 


14. 


12.  13.  14.  15. 


I       IV      I  I       IV      I  I       IV      I  I      IV       I 

Song    of    praise.  Sounds  of    joy.      Ev'n  -  ing  rest.    Morn  -  ing  star. 

(/)  Common  Chord  of  the  Second  Degree. 
16.  17. 


I 


le: 


^^rf^^ 


a!?=:S 


I     II    V      II      II     V     I 

Night  com-eth  on.    Now  sinks  the  sun 


(^)  Seventh  Chord  of  the  Second  Degree. 
18.  19. 


ii?^ 


^^m 


^sp 


m^^if§ 


22: 


I        Il7     V         I        I        Il7      V7     I 

The  morning  dawns.  The  darkness  flies 

(h)  Common  Chord  of  the  Sixth  Degree. 

20. 

a.         b.  c.         d'  i       1       I         I        J 


a.         o.  c.         a'  I       I       I         •        J         I        I 


VI 


r 

I    V    VI    -      II'  V    I 
Now  rejoice  in  glad  Spring-time. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SOKG. 


11 


(i)  Common  Chord  of  the  Third  Degree. 


I 


a.  b. 


21. 


WWf^^ 


iEBiTi 


I  III         IV      II        I      V7      I 

Night  brings  to    us  sweet  re-pose. 


22. 


I 


:«M^i^ 


(k)  Passing-Notes  and  Suspensions. 


i 


-I — ^=- 


i 


f 


r 


I 

I 

IV       II 

^I 

^V7 

I 

Mild      - 

ly 

gleams    the 

ev'n 

-      ing 

star. 

(/)  Chromatically  Altered  Chords. 
24. 


-Z-     -^        ^       ^  -0-  T  ^^ 


■^       -*^  •*■  "I 

I       IV  IV        I  I  II        u'J       V       V7       I 

Do      not  de  -    spair!        Look      up  -    ward    to        thy      God! 


25. 


26. 


* 


:U==i 


m$ 


r^'—g 


T 


^i* 


I  V7         17       IV        V7         I  I        \f        II  II  I         V7        I 

Dark    night  has    fled      a  -    way.  Mild  -  ly  beams  the     morn-ing  star. 


Note. — Pupils  must  not  be  frightened  at  the  appearance  of  so  many  parts. 
Instead  of  being  more  difficult  than  two-  or  even  one-part  singing,  three-part 
exercises  and  songs  are  much  easier,  especially  if  the  pupils  are  properly  clas- 
sified as  to  their  voices.  It  will  be  observed  that  in  Exercise  No.  1,  (  "  All  that 
have  life,")  the  third  or  lowest  part  has  only  one  sound,  which  is,  c:  that  the 
second,  or  middle  voice  has  but  two  sounds,  e  and  g;  and  the  first  or  upper 
voice  has  only  three  diilerent  sounds,  g,  c,  and  e. 


12 


.  NEW  THIRD    NATION^AL   MUSIC   READER. 


MURMUR,    GENTLE    LYRE. 


^mm#^^^ 


1.  Mur-mur,gen-tle     lyre,         Thro' the  lone- ly  night;      Let  thy  trembling 

2.  Tho'  the  tones  of     sor  -  row  Min  -  gle   in  the  strain,      Yet  my  heart  can 


fe^^^^^^tf^^^^^p^i^ 


±Ei 


m 


^EE^E^E^E^ 


m 


F# 


r-r^ 


wire  Wak-en  dear   de  -  light, 

borrow        Pleasure  from  the    pain. 


Wak-en    dearde  -  light. 
Pleasure    from  the   pain. 


m 


t-ii-H-£l^-^ 


■^ 


Hark,  the  quiv'ring  breezes 

List  thy  silv'ry  sound ; 
Ev'ry  tumult  ceases ! 
II :  Silence  reigns  profound.  :| 


5  Earth  below  is  sleeping. 
Meadow,  hill  and  grove ; 
Angel  stars  are  keeping 
II:  Silent  watch  above.  :|| 


Pronunciation. — Inquiries  have  often  been  made  as  to  the  pronunciation 
of  the  words  "  lyre  "  and  "  wire  "  in  this  song. 

In  this  case,  and  all  others  where  the  word  has  the  quantity  of  two  sylla- 
bles in  the  poetry,  and  the  music  corresponds  to  it,  the  words         i      . 
should  be  pronounced  as  two  syllables,  rhyming  with  the  word    ^^~^ — *~^ 
brier,  thus: « wi-re. 

Another  difficulty  to  be  overcome  in  the  pronunciation  of  the  words  lyre  and 
wire,  is  in  the  vowel  sound,  which  is  that  of  long  i  as  in  tie,  lie,  sky,  high,  etc. 
"  This  sound  is  made  up  of  a  as  in  art,  joined  to  i  as  in  ill"  The  proper  way 
to  pronounce  it  in  this  case  is  to  commence  with  the  sound  |  j 


J- 


la 
wa    • 


I. re. 
I-re. 


4r 


a,  and  continue  it  to  the  very  instant  of  time  before  the 
third  beat,  when  the  i  is  sounded,  thus : 

This  little  song,  so  plain  in  its  rhythm,  affords  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
drill  in  pronunciation.     In  the  words  sorrow  and  borrow,  of  the 
second  verse,  oidy  one  r  should  be  sounded,  and  that  with  the  third 
beat,  thus : 

Give  the  dotted  half-notes  their  full  value,  holding  out  the  vowel  sound  to 
the  end  of  the  third  beat.     [See  Appendix,  p.  80.] 


row. 
row. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SONG. 


13 


AWAY   WITH    NEEDLESS    SORROW. 


CHUERftlLLT,  BUT  NOT  TOO  FAST. 


^^ 


±=i* 


^ 


:^ 


f        t        t^ 


1.  A  -  way    with  need  -  less    sor 

2.  We    can  -  not    tell      the     rea 


row;  Though  trouble     may      be 
son     For      all      the   clouds  we 


I 


fi=± 


m. 


=1= 


m 


ax^^_^ 


fall, 
see; 


I 


i/  1^  y  I  1/1 

A        bright  -  er      day  to    -    mor 

Yet        ev    -     'ry      time        and      sea 


I 
row, 


A 

Yet 


1 


5^^=f 


^^m 


9        ,S       • 


^F^EE^^ 


f^^^P 


bright  -  er    day    to  -  mor  -  row.  May  shine   up  -  on      us        all 
ev    -    'ry  time  and    sea  -  son  Must  wise  -  ly      or  -  dered    be. 


I 


i 


r=-f=^ 


3  Let  us  but  do  our  duty 

In  sunshine  and  in  rain, 
II :  And  Heav'n,  all  bright  with  beauty,  :|[ 
Will  bring  us  joy  again. 

4  Though  ev'ning  shades  should  lower, 

The  morning  may  be  fine ; 
II :  For  he  that  sends  the  shower  :|| 
Can  cause  his  sun  to  shine. 


5  Away  with  needless  sorrow ; 

Though  trouble  may  befall, 
II :  A  brighter  day  to-morrow,  :  || 

May  shine  upon  us  all. 


14 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


GOD    OMNIPOTENT. 

[This  song  affords  an  excellent  opportunity  for  drill  in  commencing  and  end- 
ing a  section  under  baton  of  the  director.  There  should  be  no  beating  time  by 
the  members  of  the  chorus,  neither  with  the  hand,  foot,  nor  any  other  part  of 
the  body. 

It  will  be  well  for  the  director  to  have  in  her  mind  the  exact  length  of  each 
pause  or  hold. 

In  this  song  the  note  with  a  pause  should  be  continued  firmly  three  beats, 
whether  the  note  be  a  half  or  a  quarter. 

At  the  end  of  each  liold  there  should  be  a  sudden  stop,  which  is  indicated  by 
the  director  describing,  with  the  baton,  a  circle  about  four  inches  in  diameter, 
as  quickly  as  possible,  and  then  holding  the  baton  still  till  the  beginning  of 
the  next  section. 

To  acquire  skill  in  this  direction,  it  would  be  well  to  attend  one  quarter  with 
Carl  Zerrahn,  or  some  other  competent  instructor,  in  the  art  of  conducting.] 


i 


i=i 


Jrzs 


7> 


t 


-iSf- 


w. 


f=F 


f=T-=p=f 


p 


God      om  -  nip  -  o  -  tent!       Thou    oni  -  ni  -  pres  -  ent  Lord!    Re 


t 


^^^ 


t 


I 


=a-j- 


m 


t 


d=i=i 


f 


f=F 


f=f=f 


I 


sound  -  ing  thy  praise,  heav'n's  broad  arch-es  ring ;     The  spheres  thy  wondrous 


I 


m 


^ 


"iJ^^ 


W^ 


¥ 


S=± 


J      J      J     ^ 


7> 


^^f=f— ^-L^^^^^^ 


pow'r    pro  -  claim.    All    worlds  sing    prais  -  es 


to      thy  name,Which 


J        '    ^^ 


^ 


^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SONG. 


15 


41 


^^ 


i 


'f 


f— m 


f 


i 


thy    word    hath     ere    -    at     -    ed  When      first      in        glo  -  ry 


* 


^ 


^ 


^^=^ 


^ 


^ 


m 


^^^A 


^ 


^ 


% 


32: 


i 


? 


? 


.     -    -  r   . 

seat  -  ed,  Thou  bad'st   them     forth     from       cha  -  os  spring. 


I 


t 


i 


w^ 


EVER -FLOWING,    MIGHTY   OCEAN. 


RATHER  SLOW. 


^±t±JT^ 


1.  Ev- er flow- ing, might -y     o  -  cean, 'Twere  as ea     -  sy      to    con-trol, 

2.  Whether  morning's  splendor  steep  thee  With  the  rain -bow's  glowing  grace, 


I 


w 


t 


pf 


^WWn 


•  ^  sJ — w 


~V  -4   * 


^^ 


te^E^S^E^E^E^E^ 


Si 


In    the  storm,  thy  bil-  I'wy  mo  -  tion,  As    thy  won  -  ders  to      un  -  roll. 
Tem  -  pests  rouse,  or  na-vies  sweep  thee,'Tis  but  for        a  moment's  space. 

9 


m 


1^4  frP  ti  U  ^^^ 


O  • 


3  Earth,  her  valleys  and  her  mountains. 
Mortal  man's  commands  obey ; 
Thy  unfathomable  fountains 

Scoff  his  search  ana  scan  his  sway. 


4  Such  art  thou,  stupendous  ocean  1 
But  if  overwhelmed  by  thee. 
Can  we  think  without  emotion, 
AVliat  must  thy  Creator  be? 


16 


KEW   THIRD   NATION^AL   MUSIC   READER. 


From  the  French.  -\- 

ALLEGRO. 


SATURDAY. 


Marschneb. 


I 


t^ 


1.  Sat  -    ur 

2.  Leave     our 


f^ 


U^         i;         1^        /        I  I  ~T  I 

day       is       come     at      last,     Wei  -  come       day ! 
les  -  sons      and    our  books ;  Haste      a    -      way ! 


I 


f 


^  'v  ^ 


r^ 

-r-f-f^ 

f=^=^ 

9 
* 

=r- 

^ 

N— 

S 

=1 

All 
Let 

-H h- H 

— V ^ tj/ 1 

the    wea  -  ry 
us    sing,   with 

— ^ N N— 

week  is 
hap  -  py 

K- 

past,- 
looks, 

9 

-Wei  - 
Hail, 

— # — 
— 1 ' 

come, 
hail, 

Sat 

Sat 

^ — 

-  ur -  day ! 

-  ur-day! 

V 

^    - 

J # 0 — 

-0- 

4 

1 — 

' — #— 

-^ 

/t- 

J^4 

3 

^     lightly. 


I 


La    la     la 


la     la    la       la       la    la     la     la       la     la     la    la 


^ 


— N N N N— N PS fS ^ — -t- K — ¥^ P* 

_i 1 1— I 1 1 1 \ — I 1 0 p — ^ — I ^ 

-0-       -0-        -0-  -0-       ■0-       •0-  ■♦•  -••  ^  ^ 


^m 


la 


^ 


■^-•^ 


la        la  .  . 

P5 


la 


^ 


f  \r    r     T    T  \T  T     T    T 


la      la      la     la     la     la      la     la     la  la       la    la 


la    la     la    la 


I 


-=irr:ir-:jr^ 


^-^ — y — J- 


^ 


BOOK  II. — THREE-PART  SOKG. 


17 


la     a 


^m 


la      a 


la       a 


n^r^^^^ 


^^^ 


# # — #- 


^e=f;: 


^    ^>'/l/    V       V       ^       ^         V       ^  V       '^       V       V 

la  la   la  la  la  la   la  la  la   la   la  la   la:  From  morn  till 


J   J   J 


*  -i-'-A  ^ 


\l  J  J 1  -^-^ 

-^-^ 

4^ 

^ 
—^' — 

-^-^r-^ 

pf   r  If    ¥ 

night  we'll    play,            Joy 

t   1      III     >  1  , 

-    ful  -  ly 

we 

dance 

and  play      on 

#  J     ^   1  J.     '^^ 

-1^ 

— >^ 

=^^^=^ 

ff=^ 

J 

—1 ^— ^ N b— t"  -J J- J— 

=^ 

-H 

Sat  - 

W=f= 

ur    - 

—j— 

day?  Let  us  sing    and  be    gay    on     Sat  - 
^,                cresc. 

N            Is             IS 

ur  - 

4^ 

day  I 

3 

\t^t=J= 

J — 

^=^^^=^-^^^\ J-   :    S- 

-^ 

-id- 

3 

3  Not  alone  for  girls  and  boys, 
Welcome  day, 
Teachers,  free  from  work  and  noise. 
Bless  thee,  Saturday ! 

La,  la,  etc. 
From  morn  till  night,  etc. 


18 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


MORNING. 


From  the  French.-\- 

MODERATO. 

/ 


ds 


ZOELLNER. 


3: 


A 


1.  Rous'd  from   slum  -  bers    pure     and      peace  -  f ul,      Love 

2.  Gold    -  en     dreams    that  charm'd  her      sleep  -  ing,     (Fai 

/  ,  7> 


i-y 


A 


-#-^ 


r\              1 

__     .          N 

»    ^/     s 

>- 
1              s 

N 

^—] r    j .    -s- 

-— i 1— ^ 

— #           ^vj— 

— fs— |S— ^— 

^— r^ 

— r r  '     r 

-^ ^ — f— 

S     • 

-v-j — r— 

•^  r 

Morn 
«vis    - 

n 

u   '^    5    r     J   ^ 

-  ing  blithe  -  ly    wakes ;    Flee  -  cy 
ions  thro'    the    night,)  Swift -ly 

,  mf 

1 

clouds 

fled 

are  float  -  ing 
on     si  -  lent 

V 

iC. 

K 

^        1 

1           s     ^    r 

11^  w                   !^       n         ^ 

1        J 

J      -#- . 

-^      -^t  .    V 

^          -^       * 

s  . 

V       ^       • 

$ 


,/ 


:^.^^ 


-^ 


i 


.'-r 


I 


light  -  ly,        Mir  -  ror'd       clear      in        crys    -    tal 
pin  -    ions,  When      her        eyes      un   -  closed        to 


r 


lakes. 

licrht. 


s 


3  Rosy  Morn,  we  give  thee  greeting, 
Tripping  on,  with  steps  so  light ; 
In  thy  presence  life  is  sweeter, 
Ev'ry  moment  gay  and  bright. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SONG.  IP 

G  Major. 

(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


P^^^^i^^^ 


v 


V9 


1. 


3. 


4. 


ifle^dE^Efcjpf^tJ-^lJJi^ 


I  V  I  I        V7  I  I         V'        I  I         V9         I 

Hymn  of    praise.   6rate-ful    songs.  Ev'n-  ing  rest.    Mountain  heights. 


i 


(ft)  Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 


^ 


.r=* 


^^^^m^m 


ri 


-rr 


IV 


I        IV     V     I         II 

The     day     de  -  parts. 


r  r  r  r 

I         II      V       I 
The  night  draws  nigh. 


I         Il7   Y7      I         VI  I        V      V7    VI       II        I       V      I 

Trust  thou  in  God!  He  hear-eth  our    be-liev-ingpray*r. 


Note. —  The  danger  at  this  stage  of  progress  is  in  too  much  explanation. 
The  pupils  are  so  familiar  with  the  different  keys  that  there  is  no  need  of  asking 
questions  as  to  that  matter.  If  they  have  been  taught  the  Triads  in  C  Major, 
they  will  form  the  same  in  the  other  keys  without  any  assistance,  giving  the 
names.  Tonic,  Dominant,  Sub-dominant,  etc.  The  class  should  be  able  to  sing 
the  exercises  with  words ;  first,  by  the  syllables,  once,  without  a  single  mistake, — 
and  then  apply  the  words.  This  cannot  be  done  unless  the  class  is  wide  awake. 
Never  spend  more  than  three  minutes  upon  one  page  of  this  kind  of  exercises. 
Review  often,  singing  the  words,  till  each  part  sounds  as  clear  as  a  bell. 


20 


NEW  THIRD   ISTATIOI^AL  MUSIC   READER. 


GENTLE  MOON. 


Swiss. 


ANDANTE. 

„  U          N         N          .                            ...     1™-     .          N         N       !          1 

^v^-^ 

-^ h-ft- 

^^            J^t- 

N ;    ^     '      r^  i 

f  ^     '         b    1 

^f=^t^  'f     r  ^  '-r-r^^"^^^' 

1.  Gen  -  tie     moon,     gen  -  tie     moon,    Do    not    hide    thy  sil  -   ver 

2.  Star    of      eve,        star    of      eve,     Deign  to      lend  thy  twink-ling 

3.  Balm  -  y      sleep,     balm  -  y      sleep.      Be    thou  near     on  down  -  y 

,     ores. 

k^t-^ 

i    i    t-  N 

N K- 

^          N        1         4 

l#-^  ^==J 

__A A. #-T-^- 

H — ^i'd 

ij^^r^^^^EJ 

Gen -tie    moon,     Do      not   hide    thy  sil  -  ver 
Star  of      eve,     Deign     to    lend  thy  twink-ling 
Balm  -  y    sleep.      Be     thou  near    on  down  -  y 


i 


^N 


^^^ 


^ 


1^ 


light : 

ray: 

wingt 


m 


T 


Drear  -  y     is       the  way      be  -  fore 

While  our  hymn   of  praise   is     swell 

Lo,  where  home  at  length    ap  -  pear 

7> 


mg. 
ing, 


^ 


:^^=]^ 


s  -    s   s — #— # 

Drear  -  y  is  the  way  be  - 
While  our  hymn  of  praise  is 
Lo,  where  home  at  length  ap- 


light : 

ray: 

wing; 


T 

Shad  -  owy    clouds   are     dark  -  'ning        o'er 
To        the       sky    where     is       thy        dwell 


Sight     to        way  -  worn    trav  -  'ler 


cheer 


I 

us. 
ing, 
ing, 


t 


— ^ 

fore 
swell 
pear 


9 
US, 

ing 
ing, 


— r-T— i* ^— ^ g ih~ 

Shadowy  clouds  are   dark'ning 

To     the  sky  where   is      thy 

Sight    to  way-  worn  trav-  'ler 


BOOK   II. —  THEEE-PART  SONG. 


21 


fffcb^ 

=,=^ 

r^^f^ 

f^ 

-.         'p 

~T — t- 

■f^ 

^  r-  - 

Chill 
Guide 
Bids 

n         cres. 

^ ^ p — 

J    ^^ 

ing  fall  the 
us    on    our 
us  wel-come 

-T — s^ — ^ — h~ 

dews          of 
lone    -     ly 
while        we 

1     1    I — 

night 
way. 

sing. 

/ 

H 

~1 \- 

=4=M 

Gen- tie 
Star  of 
Balm-y 

f=*E^ 

4=^^^ 

''.    i  * — 

_iiL_J 

* 

o'er  us,  Chilling  fall  the      dews         of  night, 

dwelling,  Guide  us  on  our      lone    -      ly  way. 

cheering,  Bid  us    welcome     while       we  sing. 


^7? 


m 


moon, 
eve, 
sleep. 


gen  -  tie     moon, 
star     of      eve, 
balm  -  y      sleep. 


gen 

star 

balm 

Pf, 


tie            moon.  .  .  . 
of  eve 

y  sleep.  .  .  . 


SSil 


m 


r 


Gen    -    tie      moon,  gen    -      tie  moon.  .  .  . 

Star        of        eve,  star  of  eve 

Balm  -    y        sleep,  balm    -    y  sleep.  .  . . 


TEST  OF  VOICES. 
Ist  and  2d  Sopranos  and  Alto. 


L^J,4^ 


^ 


^ 


^'  1 Iv =b 


^t:^ 


^ 


• ^ 


"Tr 


La 


I  1 


La    ...     .      la        la. 


S 


^^ 


m 


^ 


22 


NEW   THIRD   I^^ATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


AWAKE,  MY   HEART. 


i=i 


# 


t=F=^^ 


1=3 


'III''  1       I         '       '       '       '         I 

A  -  wake,  my  heart,and    laud  In    song  ere  -  a  -  tion's  God  1     The 


t^ 


^-d^ 


-0—^. 


"Zf" 7Sf 


U=^-^^ 


^ 


f^^ 


^m 


m 


-i9- 


r^r 


Giv  -  er      of    all   things,  Who  guards    us        with     his         wings. 


1: 


* 


*^=^ 


1 1 


^ 


SEE!    THE    SETTING    SUN    IS   FIRING. 

^Moderato. 

>      J  N 


1.  See !  the  set  -  ting  sun    is      fir      -      ing, 

2.  Still-  ness  reigns,and  o'er  the    mead    -    ows, 


¥       1  ^ 

Seel  the  set  -  ting 
Still-  ness  reigns,  and 
mf 


With     his 
Night     a 


flame, 
veil  . 


1h:n — I — |i 

:g=3=^=:SEi: 

-I # — '- — I — 0 


wm 


-^^m 


# 


^'I 


^1= 


With  his  flame   the     pur  -  pie 
Night  a    veil      of    dark  -  ness 


sun      is         fir    -      ing 
o'er    the      mead  -  ows 


i 


BOOK    II. —  THREE-PART   SONG. 


23 


I 


l=rJ-- 


V 


\^=^ 


M 


J 


rifT 


I 

west  I 
throws ; 


'Mid    the  sha  -  dy  boughs  ex  -  ph*    - 
'Mid    the  soft-en'd   ev'n  -  iiig   shad    - 


ows 


T     V 

Sinks    the 
Seeks     the 


i=E 


:|=yz:^^: 


V       %* 


Sinks    the    war 
Seeks  the     la 


bier's 
b'rer 


V 


^ 


^E^^ 


?EE|E^ 


F=pEpEE| 


war    -      bier's  song  to    rest, 
la      -      b'rer  sweet  re  -  pose, 


1  ^  .  •;/  j  ^ 

Sinks  the  war-bler's  song  to 
Seeks  the   la  -  b'rer  sweet  re  - 


3= 


-^ 


^    ^'  ^ 


jL^ 


5 


^^ 


i=t- 


1 


D 

to        rest, 
re     -  pose. 


rest, 
pose, 


It     sinks 
Seeks  sweet 


1^ 


99 


rest, 
pose. 


rest, 
pose, 


It     sinks      to 
Seeks  sweet      re    - 


3  II :  Sweet  repose !  thy  tranquil  pleasure  :  || 

Knows  the  busy  hand  alone ; 
Only  he  can  rightly  measure 
II :  Joys  of  rest  when  day  is  gone, :  || 
When  day  is  gone. 

4  II :  Then,  with  calm  and  peaceful  feeling,  :j| 

Conscious  of  a  life  well  spent. 
Meets  he  death,  upon  him  stealing, 
II :  With  a  smile  of  sweet  content,  :|| 
Of  sweet  content. 


24 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


:i:^ 


IN  MARCH  TIME. 


THE  WORLD  IS  WIDE. 


wWi^r=nt 


¥ 


1.  The  world  is  wide,    the    world     is      fair ; 

2.  Be-yond    all  things   I        love      to      roam, — 
mf 


A 

There' 


? 


The  world  is  fair, 
I    love     to  roam. 


mer  -      ry       race       I  love;   . 

noth  -  ing      half        so  bright 


Thus  full      of 
I     wan  -  der 


^^^-|j.-L^ 


#-^ 


a    race        I     love, 
yes,   half       so  bright, 


^i^ 


i 


^ 


r^^ 


joy,    and  with- out      care, 
thro'  the    mer  -  ry    world. 


From    place    to    place   I 
With    pleas  -  ure    and     de 


i 


fr— N- 


=ifc 


j        'i       ^       H 


%-==^- 


Yes, without  care, 
The  mer-  ry  world. 


■^ 


-7^- 


f 


f 


t 


T- 


— r 

At     ev  -    'ry  time        I        am      pre 
Yes,    I       must  change  the     drear  -  y 


move, 
light. 


t 


t 


^i 


From  place      to    place, 
Yesjwith      de  -  light, 


At 
Yes, 


will 


BOOK  II. —  THREE-PART  SONG. 


25 


^^ 


mmm4 


-^ 


pared,   At     ev  -  'ry      time    I      am      pre  -    pared 
house,  Yes,  I    must  change  the  drear  -  y         house 


With 

For 


I 


^ 


time      i    am      pre-pared, 
change  the  drear  -  j    house, 


I  am    pre-par'd. 
Yes,  I     will  change, 


1/15!  9\ni  I'l/  ii' 


i 


all      my    heart     to  rove,  With  all      my    heart    and  soul      to 

heav  -  en's    air       and      light,    For  heav  -  en's    beau-teous  air       and 


I 


«: 


t- 


t 


glad  to  rove,  With      all      my    heart  and      soul      to 

I  will  change  For      heav  -  en's  beau-teous    air      and 


rove, 
light, 


With    all      my  heart    to      rove.     With  all    my 
For    heav  -  en's   air      and    light,      For  heav-en's 


rove, With  all    my  heart  to       rove, 
light,  For  heav-en's  beau-teous  air. 


t 


t 


With  all      my    heart,  With 

and  light.  For     heav-en's 


m^^ 


heart        and     soul         to         rove, 
beau    -   teous     air        and        light. 


i 


i 


i=t 


r-'  w  9 *- 

all  my    heart        to  rove, 

beau  -     teous    air       and       light. 


26 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


F  Major. 
(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


1. 


I 


^ 


t 


3. 


4. 


^^=J=Et 


Ja^p 


mEi 


^ 


I       V      I  I      Y?    I 


f^- 


I         Y7      I  I  V9         I 

Joys    of  spring.  Blossoms  bright.    Sum  -  mer  day.    Wav  -  ing    fields. 


(h)  Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 

-J_-J— J— J- 


I        IV     VT      I        II 

The    snow   is     gone 


r 

I  II        V7         I 

May    com  -  eth    on. 


-(9 «^ 


7. 


8, 


^^sj^tTTt^ 


I  ii"?  V7   I        VI       I       V       VI 

The  trees  shoot  forth.       ISTa  -  ture  dons    her     fes  -  tal  garb. 


J^ote. —  There  is  a  great  similarity  in  these  short  exercises  in  the  diiferent 
keys ;  therefore  they  should  be  learned  to  perfection  in  a  much  shorter  time  than 
was  required  for  those  on  pages  9  and  10.  Pupils  should  at  this  stage  of  pro- 
gress, be  able  to  sing  the  exercises,  with  the  words,  at  sight.  To  a  thorough 
musician,  no  better  test  of  a  class  would  be  required,  than  to  sing  these  exercises 
correctly,  starting  and  ending  each  one  in  time.  It  is  a  good  exercise  for  the 
individual  members  of  the  class  to  act  as  conductors  in  short  exercises,  as  well 
as  in  songs.  It  is  unnecessary  to  say  that,  when  this  is  done,  there  should  be 
no  beating  time  by  the  rest  of  the  class. 


BOOK   II.  —  THREE-PART   SONG. 

MORNING  BREAKS. 

Slightly  altered  from  iNiEQELl. 
w      t  ^  cres.  ,  I 


27 


r    ^ .  . 

Morn-ing  breaks,         Morn  -  ing  breaks !  Ev  -   'ry       liv    -  mg 


mf 


^  cres. 


^=t- 


f^ 


-* :Jr 


I&& 


^ 


^ 


I 


i 


s 


r=r^ 


t=f 


i 


creat  -  ure  wakes ;         O'er       the    landscape      gen  -  tly      steal  -  ing, 

^ ^ 


^=^ 


J    i     i 


creg. 


i^^ip 


;^  J  J 


,  /, 


tn^^t-T 


UTS'^r 


Past  -  ure    green  and      wood  re  -  veal  -  ing,     Ris  -  es    bright  the 
cres.  9    jf 


a^^ 


E^ 


s 


^—- — # — # 


s  ^    ^ 


T^— ^ 


s 


-;^ 


^ 


— ^ — — rq — \ — ,    1    I       -h 


i^: 


^ 


?=^^ 


^: 


:;• p: 


r-T 


orb       of     day. 


i 


E* 


I  I 

Morn  -  ing  breaks,        Morn  -  ing  breaks ! 
^ . 


JTj'J    -ij.    j=^ 


m 


2S 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 
A  WOOD   CONCERT. 

»     N 


Abt. 


1.  A    con-cert  now  gives  Mis-ter  SpringjHis  room's  the  blooming  wood; 

2.  There  nev-er     was      a     so   -  lo  yet    Such  as       SirCuck-oo   sings, 


i 


^ 


s 


m 


± 


^ 


±-^ 


^—^ 


t 


^ 


m 


t 


t- 


n'~g"^~g=i 


r 

In  -    vit  -  ed  there  are  young  and  old    By    him,  in      mer  -  ry  mood. 
But    he's   too  mod-est    far    to  leave  The  bush  -  es'     shel-t'ring  wings. 


I 


ii 


^ 


m 


J^^i+-M^ 


i 


e 


m 


h--^^ 


f=^=&=Pf 


Miss  Lark  will  sing,the  first      of     all,     A     song    of     love  -  li  -  ness, 
The  Black-bird  willjsoon  af  -  ter  that.    Do    won-  ders  for  our  sake  — 


l^^^^-.p^^^?=5~FrT^=^5^ 


I 


:^ 


-PV-4^ 


:.5-M 


i 


S^ 


rt=f^ 


m 


And,  as     she  much  in     si  -  lence  hopes,With  all    her     old    suc-cess. 
He'll  charm  the    hear-ers,  one     and  all.  With  clear  and  ring-ing  shake. 


1^ 


^^ 


t 


'J.     ^     J.     Jir 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SOI^G. 


29 


i 


With   all her  old    sue -cess. 

With  clear and  ring-ing  shake. 


i 


m 


LL;lf  ;  Lj- 


W^ 


I 


And,  as     she  much  in       si-lence  hopes,  With  all  her  old  sue  -  cess. 
He'll  charm  the  hear  -  ers,    one   and  all.  With  clear  and  ring-ing  shake. 

9 


^ 


^ 


^ 


t=t 


"tut 


W^ 


Then  comes  a  sportive  quodlibet, 

'T  is  titled  "  Lovely  May," 
Which  artist  Lapwing  and  some  more 

Will  sing,  I've  heard  them  say. 
Miss  Throstle,  too,  will  active  be, 

Miss  Magpie  and  young  Finch  ; 
Ladies  unnam'd  and  gentlemen 

Will  sing,  too,  at  a  pinch.  :|| 


4  Now  follows  a  concerted  piece, 
Sung  by  Miss  Nightingale, 
And  she  will  be  accompanied 

By  echoes  in  the  vale. 
And  if  you  should  some  pleasure  find 
In  list'ning  longer  here, 
II :  By  Frog  and  Cricket  a  duet 

Will  much  rejoice  your  ear.  :|| 


5  Still,  I've  to  tell  you  that  the  room 
Is  only  just  made  new, 
Enrich'd  with  flow'rs  of  ev'ry  kind, 

Adorn'd,  and  bright  with  dew. 
Then  come,  all  ye  who  faithful  friends. 
Of  song  and  sport  may  be  ; 
II :  The  only  payment  you  need  give 
Is  truthful  heart  and  free.  :|| 


30 


KEW  THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   READER. 


CHORAL. -THERE    IS    A   RIVER. 

There  is  a  river  the  streams  whereof  shall  make  glad  the  city  of  God.  —  Psalms  xlvi.  4. 
William  Hurn.  Melch.  Fulvius,  1609. 


^    \rJ    X 


'^ftrtP7t^-4^m^ 


I       I     I       I     I 

1.  There     is      a      Riv-  er,    deep  and  broad — Its  course  no  mor-  tal  knows ; 

2.  Clear  -  er  than   crys-tal      is    the  stream,  And  bright  with  end-less  day; 


1^ 


1^ 


^^ 


■i^ 


lA_J.    f.  I^^^EfclzHHJ 


^=^ 


1 


F 


v^  r^TTT 


It 

The 


fills  with  joy  the  Church  of    God,   And  wid  -ens      as      it  flows, 
waves  with  ev  -'ry     bless-  ing  teem,  And  life  and  health  con  -vey. 


I 


ffi^ 


e£ 


a 


r^-^-^^^=^?^^ 


^ ^ 


3  Where'er  they  flow,  contentions  cease, 

And  love  and  meekness  reign ; 
The  Lord  himself  commands  the  peace, 
And  foes  conspire  in  vain. 

4  Along  the  shores  angelic  bands 

Watch  every  moving  wave  ; 
With  holy  joy  their  breast  expands, 
When  men  the  waters  crave. 

5  To  them  distressed  souls  repair ; 

The  Lord  invites  them  nigh  ; 
They  leave  their  cares  and  sorrows  there ; 
They  drink,  and  never  die. 


6  Flow  on,  sweet  Stream  !  more  largely  flow 
The  earth  with  glory  fill  ! 
Flow  on,  till  all  the  Saviour  know, 
And  all  obey  his  will. 


BOOK    II. —  THREE-PART   SOi^G. 


31 


D  Major. 

(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


1. 


3. 


4. 


J    J    J 


ih^prtrf^ffffp^ 


IVI  IV7I  IVI  IV«I 

Coun  -  te  -  nance.  Bright-est    eye.      Beam-ing    star.     Twi- light  hour. 

(b)  Harmonies  op  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 


i 


J  I J   J   ^ 


^^m 


J-^.       I      4- 

!       I    'J         * ^ 


^1 «      a      # 

nr  r  r 


I         IV     V       I       II 

The      foun-tain  flows. 

8. 


r^ 


IV 


I  II       V       I 

Time    flies      a  -  way. 


7. 


i 


^m 


j— j-u 


i 


^fr— it — ^ 


1X7 


I 


'   r  ' 

Il7        V7        I 


r  r 


The  murm'ring  stream.         Use      well    the      time    ye      live. 


Note. —  If  the  majority  of  the  pupils  on  each  part  are  dependent  upon  a  few 
leaders,  these  exercises  will  never  sound  well.  We  would  repeat,  that  the 
words  in  these  exercises  are  simply  for  the  practice  of  applying  words  to  music 
at  sight;  or,  after  singing  the  notes  by  the  syllables  once.  At  first  it  will  be 
better  to  heat  the  time  with  the  hand.  When  the  exercises  are  reviewed,  they 
should  be  sung  without  beating  the  time,  and  every  word  should  be  pronounced 
perfectly,  and  in  exact  time.  When  the  pupils  sing  by  the  teacher's  beating, 
let  there  be  no  counting  a  measure  or  two  before  commencing  to  sing;  but 
commence  at  once,  just  as  a  well-trained  orchestra  does.  These  short  exercises 
with  words  are  valuable  for  training,  to  secure  a  good  start. 


32 


KEW   THIRD   I^TATIOKAL   MUSIC   KEADER. 
THE  HOLIDAY. 


From  the  French.-\- 

GAILY, 

M  inf  ^oio. 


L.  KuRZ. 


¥=^ 


^ 


^ 


'4 


S 


^^ 


:it=it 


1.  On     this    hap  -  py    play  -  day,      Mer    -   ry         let     us      be ; 
2.  When  the  work    is       o    -  ver,       Play  -    time  comes   a  -  gain, 


i 


^ 


^ 


? 


-m 


Joy  -  f  ul  comes  the     May   -  day ;     Let      us    sing  with    glee. 
Romping,  glad  with   Rov    -    er,     Shout  we    gal  -  ly      then. 


Chorus. 


rr-^-^^ 


^ 


t=t 


f 


-5- 


u      u      y      y       I 

Boys  and  girls,    be     mer 


r  if         u 

V         ^         ^ 


ry,    Play  with    all  your        might; 


*=!; 


r-n-3-F=? 


m 


^j'  j-ij  j 


i 


m 


V       V       V  ^       ^       ^ 

Work  with  zeal  and     cour    -    age,     Do  -  ing  what    is       right. 


m 


3  God  it  is  who  giveth, 

Time  for  work  and  play ; 
Therefore,  each  that  liveth, 
Praise  him  ev'ry  day. 

Cho. —  Boys  and  girls,  be  merry ; 

Play  with  all  your  might ; 
Work  with  zeal  and  courage, 
Doing  what  is  right. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SON^G. 
EVENING  SHADOWS  (Roimd). 


33 


Ferbari. 


:^^-^-v 


^ 


Ev'n   -   ing    shad-  ows  length-  en      round       us, 


|i=j~JTHx:s 


Ev'n   -   ing    shad  -  ows  length  -  en      round 


i 


Ev'n   -   ing    shad 


^ 


us, 


^^ 


ows  length-  en      round        us, 


/]  ^  ru'-  ^'  ^^"ui  *  iis^. 


Soon    will  the  light    of    day- 


Fade  from  the  sight    a  -  way ; 


i 


-32. 


Soon 


will    day 


Fade 


a  -    way; 


i 


I 


^ 


^5=* 


Soon     will  the    light  of       day         Fade    from  the  sight    a  -    way ; 


V 


^ 


i 


^=^ 


Kind 


com  -    pan  -    ions, 


Fare 

7> 


ye 


well. 


i 


^ 


2^ 


i 


Kind 


com  -    pan  -    ions, 


^ 


Fare 


ye 


well. 


-y   "T~T 


#-^ 


Kind 


com  -    pan  -    ions. 


Fare 


ye 


well. 


34 


KEW   THIRD   NATIOJSTAL   MUSIC   READER. 


THE  ALPINE  SHEPHERD, 


Abt. 


ALLEGRO   MODERATO. 


mw^^m^^^ 


1.  There  high    on      the      mountains  my  world    is        of        rest,   The 

2.  There    far     in      the       dis-tance towns  break  on      my      view,  And 


» 


W ^ ^ 9 9 9 ^ 


-o W 


i 


a 


tuL  J-^  |-H^fc=^ 


« 


i^^ 


F^Tt^cJ-r^-^ 


p^^ 


fair    spot      I  cher-  ish,     which  pleas  -  es        me        best.     Which 

breathe     I   the       light  air,     so         fresh  -  en'd      by        dew,       So 


f 


^i 


^ # 


#-^-^ # 


i 


pleas  -  es        me      best ;   There  mur  -  murs    the      f oun  -  tain,     sweet 
fresh  -  en'd     by      dew ;  I    know  naught  of        tu  -    mult,     of 


a^y:  p7f 


% 


ij  n  n  ■ ) 


§ 


^^m^mm^m 


T 

herbs  scent    the        air.   There  mer  -    ri 
strife  nor       of        noise.     But  sing      to 


ly       birds  sing,  where 
my      lov'd  lute,     of 


:it 


^ 


^ 


BOOK   II. —  THKEE-PART  SOKG. 


35 


^ 


S 


J.  ; jij  ,' .fi==^ 


i    r  ir  C  Mf 


\^=^ 


?^^ 


all      is        so       fair ;  There  murmurs  the  fountain,  sweet  herbs  scent  the 
Al  -  pine  home    joys,       I  know  naught  of  tu  -  mult,  of  strife,   nor  of 


ji^-  '  I 


^^^ 


^^^^^^^ 


i 


air,  There    mer  -    ri    -       ly        birds     sing,  where  all  is      so 

noise.  But      sing       to  my       lov'd    lute,      of      Al  -    pine  home 


^^nuQwr'^n^ 


fair.    There  mer  -    ri    -    ly  birds    sing,  where  all       is       so    fair, 
joys,    But    sing      to        my  lov'd  lute,      of     Al  -  pine  home  joys. 


i 


^^^^^3 


'^ 


3  And  if  the  cold  Winter  drives  me  to  the  plain. 
Then  think  I  the  Summer  ||:  will  soon  come  again;  :| 
The  Summer  will  take  me  to  that  happy  spot, 
A  home  on  the  mountains  is  life's  brightest  lot, 
The  Summer  will  take  me  to  that  happy  spot, 

II :  A  home  on  the  mountains  ia  life's  brightest  lot. :  || 


86 


NEW   THIRD  NATION-AL   MUSIC    READER. 

PRAYER. 


If 


viOn'iQ 


i^ 


^ 


i  I  p 


it 


F& 


Ten  -  der    Fa  -  ther,  Deign    to    gath  -  er,      All     thy    chil  -  dren 


m 


^ 


f 


t 


^ 


^ 


-^ 


^ — s  '   s  » — i^ — ^ ^ 


^^^^V^^f^ 


to        thy    care ;  .  .  .        Fa  -  ther,  guide    us ;      Ills      be  -  tide    us ; 


i 


J  i^n  '-r-n 


5^ 


it-^ 


m 


«Fi 


S 


:C 


r-  '^  ^ 


t- 


Lead 


our  hearts    to      Thee      in  prayer.     Hear    our  voi      -     ces 


I 


t 


^ 


^ 


>^=t 


A=T 


-:H— #-#— .it-* 


:5t    lit 


^^^^^ 


faint    be  -  seech  -  ing  ;    Heav  -  en  seems  be  -    yond  our  reach  -  ing 


m 


i 


E 


xrJF^u-^  i^ 


:*=? 


ilE^^ 


^ 


m 


i^^ 


i 


=t 


9 


^ 


Oh, 


T         I        '    ,  'III 

our  Fa-  ther,  God  of  love,  Guide   us  to         thy  home  a  -  bove  1 


jj^r-m^mn  \i  ,  iA3 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SONG. 
O  FLOW'RET  PAIR. 


37 


Abt. 


MOURNPUIXT. 


% 


1: 


1.  O      flow  -'ret  fair,   O       flow -'ret  fair,  Thou  look'st  so    sad       in 

2.  O      flow  -  *ret  fair,   O       flow  -  'ret  fair.    In       dis  -  mal  man  -  tie 


i 


^ 


4 'J.  J 


t=t 


^^^ 


? 


1^      •#• 


•#      •♦ 


i 


^ 


^-.J^ 


7^ 


*j 


t=t 


^ 


# 


fH-f-f-^ 


t=±4::i 


T=^=^ 


I 


setting  snn,  Thou'st  told  thy  last  sad    tale, —        Thouflow'ret    of  the 
comes  the  nightjWhile  stars  so  soft -ly    shine,  To  close  those  eyes  of 


x=x 


^ — ^ 


^j-^iT^=Ff 


5 


^I 


^-###^^^^ 


^'^  r  r-Fr 


vale.  Thy  hap-py  life      is    run,   Thy  hap- py  life    is       run. 

thine.       And  fade  thy  splendors  bright.  And  fade  thy  splendors  bright. 


i 


1 


m 


^ 


^ — ^ 


3  O  flow'ret  fair,  O  flow'ret  fair, 
In  balmy  air  and  roses'  bloom 
Thus  comes  again  the  morn, 
To  shed  new  beauties  born. 
And  pearls  strew  o'er  thy  tomb, 
And  pearls  strew  o'er  thy  tomb. 


38 


NEW  THIRD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


I 


B-Plat  Major. 
(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


1^22: 


^=& 


^m 


22: 


^ 


^#=^ 


-6^- 


V7 


yo 


1. 


4. 


1^^^^^^^^^ 


r"r  r^ 


T  '  r  r 


r 


r 


IVI  IV'I  IV'I  IV9I 

Ev  -  er  -  more.  End  -  less  joy.    Morn  -  ing  dawns.    Ev'n-ing    star. 


(V)  Harmonies  op  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 


rfc 


^^^^^=^^^^ 

^^^^^^^^T 


IV 


r  I 

I        IV     V       I        II 

The    lark's  song  hear. 


I         II      V       I 

His     note    is    clear. 


7. 


r      r  '   '  '   r  '  r 

n'  I        ii7  V7    I       VI       I     V    VI     -       ii7     V      I 

The  morn-ing  breaks.      Take  the  pilgrim's    staff   in  hand. 


BEATING    TIME   WITH   THE    HAND. 

In  order  that  the  feeling  of  time  or  measure  should  become  firmly  fixed  in 
the  nature  of  the  pupils,  they  should  beat  the  time  with  the  teacher.  An  ener- 
getic movement  of  the  hand  from  the  wrist  is  sufficient.  Action  of  the  arm 
should  be  avoided,  as  too  fatiguing,  and  counting  aloud,  or  beating  with  the 
foot  also,  since  they  create  too  much  disturbance. —  Dr.  A.  B.  Marx. 


BOOK   II.  —  THREE-PART   SON^G. 
THE  MORNING  STAR. 


39 


From  the  French.-\- 

MODERATO. 


Swiss. 


^     ^   I  r  •    r  '  I     I     I  — r-M- — w — 


^ 


r '  r    r  'T^ 


1.  Bright  morn  -  ing      star     that  shines  with  heavenly    glo  -    ry, 

2.  A    -  rise      and      shine,     O       star      of    love    so      ten  -  der, 
/ 


t=^ 


± 


^=^ 


-^ 


■2^ 


^« 


fefei 


m 


r^ 


Trf 


I 


Full       from    the       east         thy    light    is    shed      a  •  broad, 
Shed       o'er    our      souls        thy      ra  -    di  -  ance    di  -  vine; 


t^ 


■^3=^ 


^ 


i 


^^ 


Tell    -    ing      the    earth        the    might  -  y    pow'r  of      God ; 
Guide      thou     our      feet       when  doubt-ing      we     re  -  pine; 


I 


vnf  — = 


J=»^jM 


O- 


^ 


Day       un  -  to      day 

Lead       us     to      God, 

mf  —  _ 


■f=rT 


I 


re-peats  the     wondrous     sto    •    ry. 
our  grate-ful    praise  to      ren    -  der. 


J  J  4^r 


y^  u  4 


I 


40 


KEW  THIKD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   HEADER. 
VILLAGE  BELLS  (Round). 


Mrs.  Hunter. 

CHEERFULLY. 


W.  H0R8LET. 


^ 


^^-^^-l^^p:^ 


The    vil-lage  bells  ring    mer  -  ri  -  ly,  The  milk-maids  sing  so 

,  9 


■i9- 


^  J  i  •  r 


s 


?^ 


With  flow'ry  wreaths  and  ros  -  escrown'd,Now  May-day  comes  its 

9 


3. 


^H^ — r 


^ 


fc 


p, 


The  May     -     pole  rears 

9 


its 


'F==#- 


^ 


^      ^      ^ 


-t- 
cheer  -  i  -  ly,  The    vil  -  lage  bells  ring  mer  -  ri  -  ly,  The  milk-maids  sing  so 

9         V  9 


I 


-0—r 


^ 


-ISL 


1 

an  -  nual  round,    May    -    day        comes  its  an  -  nual,   an    -    nual 
dim. 


$ 


^ 


r^ 


-jSL 


head         so 


gay, 


i§ 


I..  -. 


i 


i^ 


^ 


m 


cheer      -    i  -  ly,  The    milk -maids 

9 


m 


sing    so    cheer  -  i    -        ly. 

r7\ 


i 


^S 


^ 


-t 

round, 


Now  May    -  day 


i 


comes  its      an  -  nual     round. 

r7\ 


^HE$^ 


f-t-^ 


S 


E=t=t 


3 


I 


ile  on  the  turf  all  dance  and  play,o] 


^^=1 


While 


on  the  turf     all  dance,dance  and  play. 


From  the  French.  -\- 


BOOK  II.  —  THREE-PART  SONG. 
THE  FIiOWEES  I  LOVE. 


P 


i-i-+>=^^4=^ 


m 


41 

Popular  Song. 


■l::^ 


^TT- 


1.  Bright,  dew  -  y  flow    - 

2.  Vi    -    o    -    lets         ten    - 


ers,      Grac  -  ing      our 
der.     Mod-  est      and 


bow    -    ers, 
slen    -    der, 


m 


m^ 


4    4    4 


^ 


^ 


Oh, 
Dane 


how  I 
ing  in 


love 
maz 


you! 

es. 


g^^ 


f 


Bloom  -  ing      in         May, 
Hide     in       the       moss; 


I         I         I 

Oh,    how    I 

Dane -ing    in 


love 


you! 


i 


m 


s 


^ 


^ 


-¥ 


in    May ; 
the  moss; 


you  I 


Oh, 
Dane 


^        * "^" 

how  I         love 
ing  in        maz    - 


I 


^J/nj  I 


^^ 


E 


^ 


Heav'n      bends  a    -    bove 
King    -      cups  and      dai 


you,      Ra-diant  and 
sies       Grace-ful  -  ly 

yf 


gay. 

toss. 


E^ 


bove 
dai    - 


Heav'n  bends  a 
King -cups  and 


you, 

sies 


3  Perfume  of  clover 
All  the  fields  over, 

Fragrant  and  fair, 
Sweetly  with  wild  rose 
Blends,  when  the  wind  blows. 

Filling  the  air. 


4  Brook,  flowing  stilly. 
Mirrors  the  lily, 

Throned  on  its  banks ; 
Heads  humbly  drooping. 
Harebells  are  stooping. 

Breathing  their  thanks. 


42 


ISTEW  THIRD    NATIOI^^AL   MUSIC    READER. 


BARBAEOSSA. 


MODERATO. 


I 


Vd-l-i 


^ 


1.  Old  Bar  -  ba  -  ros  -  sa  sleeps  there    In      cas-  tie    un  -  der  ground; 

2.  Death's  call    has  nev  -  er      bid  -den  Him  leave  his  house  of     clay; 


5fe 


i 


•^ 


1^ 


-X=^=L^ 


h>.  N 


m=^ 


m 


i 


A     mag    -  ic  charm  still  keeps  there  The   em  -  per-  or  spell-bound. 
But    in        the  cas  -  tie      hid  -  den,  He  sleeps  the  time  a  -  way. 


I 


^^=f^ 


i 


^^=4^ 


^^ 


ittn 


^ 


-4^-^ 


3  The  riches  of  his  kingdom 
He  took  with  him  below; 
But  he  will  one  day  bring  them, 
When  he  comes  back,  we  know. 


6  He  nods  as  he  were  dreaming, 

And  winks  with  half -closed  eye ; 
With  glance  all  brightly  beaming, 
He  bids  his  page  draw  nigh. 


4  He  sits  (so  says  the  fable) 
On  chair  of  ivory  made ; 
Of  marble  is  the  table 
Whereon  his  head  is  laid. 


7  He  speaks  in  sleep,  thus  crying : 
"  Go  to  the  castle  door, 
And  see  if  still  are  flying 
The  ravens  as  before. 


5  His  beard  is  long  and  flowing, 
All  of  a  fiery  red  ; 
'T  is  through  the  table  growing, 
On  which  he  rests  his  head. 


"And  if  they  still  are  flying  — 
The  old  birds  round  the  hill- 

Must  I  in  slumber  lying 
An  hundred  years  be  still  ?  " 


*  Frederick  I.,  called  Barbarossa  [Redbeard],  born  1121,  drowned  (while 
crossing  a  Syrian  river)  1190 ;  a  wise  and  able  ruler  and  patron  of  learning.  The 
legend  embodied  in  the  above  song,  and  still  current  among  the  peasantry  of 
Germany,  is  to  the  effect  that,  so  long  as  the  ravens  continue  to  fly  about  the 
hill  on  which  his  castle  stands,  the  monarch  will  remain  spell-bound  and  asleep; 
but  that  afterwards  he  will  arise  and  be  restored  to  his  people. 


BOOK   II.  —  THREE-PART   SONG. 


43 


PAR  FROM  HOME. 

Frmn  the  French.  +                                                _             Popular  Song. 

\M^=T^ 

^1  b  t\ 

^=^^1 

^fe^^ 

Fi=^=^ 

1.    'o 

brook  -  let,  how  swift  -  ly    thou 

flow  -    est      a  -  way !       But 

2.    The  fleet    bird    of     pas    -sage  now  cleaves  thro'  the     air,       And 

3.     I       find      on      my  path  -  way  the  bright  springing  grass ;      The 

it^r"^ "                   '                   ■              ■ 



is^      1*^       T 

•f 

fel?      ^ K^ 

— 1 K K-" 

— 1 K K- 

-^-4 J J- 

-i ^ N- 

^ — ^ — p_i 

y ^t^ 

^ — i^V 

M^,      ^— ^ 

y             V^ 

\l&  J     ;  ;^ 

H — ^— ^ 

^^-q 

r  r   g  n 

way  -  worn  and 
brings  ten  -  der 
sweet     rob  -  ins 

^g i    r- 

1           u       ^ 
weak   have     I 
tid  -    ings     of 
greet      me      as 

trudged  all     the 

Spring,  fresh   and 

sad  -    ly        I 

1 

day. 
fair ; 
pass; 

— g=J 

Oh! 
His 
A    - 

V  1 7      1           k. 

1            k.          k. 

1                     n.       1 

JLb                          P           N 

•f      r 

tm^      J         J      1   1 

1 

J          7          I         1 

v-y      ^       ^     hJ 

^           '4^             W 

1          1 

# 

# 

iJ'^       '^               ^* 

■J-          -^      -^ 

s 


m 


m^ 


<7\ 


5Ei 


f—f- 


tell  me,  I 
glad  song  of 
round  all      are 


pray  thee,  sweet  stream,  run  -  ning  clear,  Hast 
wel  -  come  is  heard  far  and  near;  While 
hap  -  py,     with     hearts  full     of        cheer —     A  - 


I 


^ 


2=^ 


=??=? 


n    i-i     ^^       t 

n  > 

h 

1 

N  .  _ 

.s 

y  1 K    J    J       P 

^ 

>       S           ' 

M                        J                        J^ 

Vub        %     *        m 

I           ^    ■ 

S                 ^m  *          * 

M        *r 

- 

f^^^^        1        ^        » 

# 

^ 

r               \    *        0 

r         ' 

*SS  J                    if              • 

"S 

t' 

n 

,          D 

■  r             - 1 

seen,     in 
I          am 
las!       I 

n    1-1     ^^ 

thy 
de  - 
am 

wan 
plor 
far 

d'rings, 
-    ing 
from 

^               1 

my    coun  ■ 
my     coun 
my     coun 

try 
-try 
-try 

^      1 

so     dear? 
so     dear, 
so    dear  I 

M-^-r-f- 

Psa^ ^— 

h- 

z:4=:r 

— h 

~^ 

9f- 

^ 

w — ^^ 

=^ 

^ 

ir-^- 

# 

— ^• 

— f^ 

4— 

a 

44 


NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    EEADER. 

TO  THE  MOUNTAINS. 


ANIMATO. 

S=d^ — ^ 


I 


rf 


.3.- 


^ 


Abt. 


1=;=* 


v=^ 


-u 


f 


f 


I 


1.  To      the  moun  -  tains      let       us     wan  -  der,       To      the     moun 

2.  Let      us    climb    up         on      the  moun  -  tains,     On      the     moun 

I  w  I       > 


n 


^ 


1^ 


^ 


^^ 


t=± 


— t — ^ 

On      tli( 


P 


tains!      To       the  moun  -  tains     let        us       wan  -  der,        un       tne 
tains !     Let       us     climb      up       on        the      moun  -  tains,  When  the 
mf 


t= 


-#■-#-         -0-,      -0- 


I 


A 


*r 


mm 


F=f^=^ 


moun  -  tains    't  is        so       fine,     When     the     set    -    ting     sun       the 
storm    reigns     in        the    vale,     When    with  crack  -  ing     sound      of 


1^  I      r    t-=j=^3^=^=^ 


i 


!b«fefei^^Efed^ 


:F^=F 1 — b^ — tF^ P"^^ 

in     hues      that     fi    -  ery     shine.       To        the 


I 


sum  -  mits     Paints     in     nues      tnat     n    -  ery 
thun  -  der       Thro'   the      for    -    est     rolls  the     gale.        Let 


^ 


-^^r^r^^-^=^ 


m 


BOOK  II. —  THREE- PART  SONG. 


45 


i 


^^ 


^m 


-L^ 


i 


moun-tains    let 
climb  up       on 


us     wan  -  der, 
the  moun-tain, 


On 
On 


^1  ^      ^        'y 

the  moun-tains  't  is      so     fine ! 
the  moun-tains 'tis      so     fair! 


i 


cresc. 

3 


./ 


I 


W&^ 


3  On  the  mountains  peace  is  dwelling, 
On  the  mountains ! 
On  the  mountains  peace  is  dwelling, 
On  the  mountains  reigns  delight ; 
And  when  all  below  is  dreary. 

There  't  is  always  clear  and  bright: 
On  the  mountains  peace  is  dwelling, 
On  the  mountains'  brilliant  height. 


Franz  Abt.  —  This  prince  of  composers  of  modern  "  Songs  for  the  People  " 
was  born  at  Eilenburg,  in  Prussian  Saxony,  Dec.  22,  1819.  His  father  was  a 
clergyman,  and  Franz,  though  destined  to  the  same  profession,  received  a 
sound  musical  education,  and  was  allowed  to  pursue  both  objects  at  the  Thomas 
School  and  at  the  University  of  Leipzig.  On  the  death  of  his  father  he  relin- 
quished the  church  as  a  profession,  and  adopted  music  entirely. 

His  first  residence  where  he  practised  his  chosen  profession  was  at  Zurich, 
Switzerland,  the  birthplace  of  true  political  freedom  and  of  "  People's  Song," 
where  he  composed  both  songs  and  instrumental  music,  the  latter  especially  for 
the  pianoforte. 

This  residence  of  ten  years  in  these  Alpine  regions  gave  to  his  style  of  com- 
position the  character  which  is  so  peculiar  to  mountainous  countries.  His 
songs  are  always  pleasing,  but  require  to  be  well  studied,  and  in  most  cases  to 
have  both  words  and  music  committed  to  memory,  to  be  thoroughly  enjoyed 
by  either  the  singer  or  the  audience. 

Abt  visited  this  country  in  1872,  taking  part  in  the  "  Peace  Jubilee  "  held  at 
Boston  in  November  of  that  year.  Although  since  deceased,  he  will,  through 
his  songs,  ever  live  in  the  hearts  of  the  people  of  all  civilized  nations. 


46 


KEW  THIRD   N^ATION-AL   MUSIC   READER. 


A  Major, 
(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


^ 1- 


-««2_ 


^ 


■^    -g.      ^ 


1. 


(S* (5^ 


-<^ 


V9 


-a? 


v 


p 


feft 


J^==^=iJ=U 


m^^^mm 


f=£ 


It 


f  Tr  ■ 


IVI  IVI  IV'I  IV9I 

Cool     re  -  treat.    E,ip-pling  brook.  Sun's  bright  .glow.  Vigorous  youth. 


(b)   Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 


m^^'^mi' 


:E3 


IV 


I 

IV     V 

I 

IT 

I 

11 

V 

I 

0 

think  of 

me! 

For- 

get 

me 

not! 

"XT jST^ — ^ 


^^ 


-    f ' 

1X7  I         Il7  V      V7     I 

Oh  !  whith  -  er     a  -  way  ? 


r 

VI  I  I        VI     Il7     V      I 

Far      o  -  ver  hill  and  dale. 


Note. —  There  is  a  great  deal  of  time  lost,  during  the  twenty  minutes  a  day 
devoted  to  singing,  in  getting  ready.  This  waste  of  time  is  owing  to  the  lazi- 
ness of  about  one  in  four,  who,  not  being  ready  at  the  very  beginning  of  the 
lesson,  are  all  the  rest  of  the  time  in  getting  so.  They  usually  take  a  position 
for  quiet  restfulness,  and  permit  themselves  to  be  dragged  along  through  the 
musical  exercises.  Such  pupils  may  be  very  good  scholars  in  other  branches, 
where  they  can  take  their  own  time  in  "  getting  their  lesson ;"  but  they  are  an 
intolerable  nuisance  in  the  singing-class.  We  hope  the  above  does  not  apply  to 
this  class. 


BOOK   II.  —  THREE-PART   SONG. 


47 


From  the  French.-\-      ^ 
„   uAUegretto.       ' 

^nVr     % i: a 


WELCOME    HOME. 


I 


f=# 


i: 


*=? 


-0-1.. 


t — r- 


t 


1^ 


y     y    I  ^     '^     b  1  r      '^ 

1.  Sing       a  -    loud  in       joy  -  ful  greet  -   ing, — Friends   are 

2.  Crown'd  with  Au  -  tumn's  rad  -  iant  glo    -    ry,       Stands    the 

3.  Hear    the    voice,  with    tear  -  ful  glad    -   ness,    Words     of 
mf  =-  9 


P4 


n  J    ^  ^ 


-:^ ^ 


i 


feM 


Ji 


U 


I  '  K 


± 


F=^=P=?=t=f^^ 


com 
an  - 
kind 


-ing  from  a  -  far! 
cient  roof  -  tree  still; 
-  ly     greet  -    ing 


Shine,    O       Sun,       up  -    on      our 

Child  -  ren,  youth,  and    grand-sire 

say;         Tears  may     fall,      but      not      of 


^ 


^ 


^ 


-i?^ 


mar, 
fill: 
way, 


fcz^p|J^;L_^-J^yr7T^ 


^^W^ 


'^^- 


I       T      k<^     ^    I       'i*'     ^^     1/     .  ^ 

meet  -  ing;  Let  no  cloud  the  brightness  mar,Shine,0  Sun,     up  -  on   our 
hoar  -  y,     All  the  air    with  welcome  fill.     Shine,0  Sun,  etc. 
sad  -ness :  Joy  shall  ban  -  ish  grief  a  -  way.    Shine,0  Sun,  etc. 
mfy  f 


i 


it 


fe 


r— -^ 


r^j   '  ^^jj—^f-^_ 


^ 


^ 


meet  -  ing, Welcome  home,  Wel-come  home,   No     more      to      roam. 


i 


'^ 


*=^ 


i 


4:8 


KEW   THIRD   NATIONAL   SIUSIC    READER. 


IN  MARCH  TIME. 

/ 


i^ 


THE  POOT-TRAVEIiLER. 


Abt. 


fete 

i71 1  — L-ll 


ff~1?     r=^ 


^^^^m 


^ 


1.  On    foot      I  gai  -  ly  takemy  way,  U  -  he,  u -,he,  u  -  he, 

2.  No  snail-paced  friend  I  want,  not  I,    U  -  he,  u  -  he,  u  -  he, 

3.  Foot-trav  -  el  to    the  gay  is  sweet,  U  -  he,  u  -  he,  u  -  he, 

I-     ^ 


i^^feS^ES 


^S^ 


t-^ 


^ 


i± 


I 


O'er  mountains  bare  and  meadows  gay,  U  -  he,  u  -  he,  u  -  he  I 
At  ev  -  'ry  step  to  pause  and  sigh,  U  -  he,  u  -  he,  u  -  he ! 
But  heav -y  hearts  make  heav-y  feet,     U  -    he,     u  -he,      u    -   he! 


^- 


^ 


^ 


i=ti=f 


^ 


^— ^ 


:^    ^ 


nitft*"^ 

T     1^   1      h. 

.           » 

T    ^   1     0, 

V  rtUr^ 

J     J         ^ 

N 

J        J                 p 

JL.     yr            N 

Z            ^       J            J 

J           J                 N 

t          *        d           A 

fm  ^       1 

r           P       t           ^ 

_ 

0      1        r* 

f        ^      t        0 

vW             J 

r      r         « 

"f            m          r             J 

V       r         m 

And    he      who  is        not       of       my  mind,   An  -  oth  -  er  trav-'ling 
No    gloom -y    man     to     scowl    and  groan.   And  o-    ver  oth  -  ers' 
The    man  who  loves   the     sun  -  shine  bright,  And  nev  -  er  peeps  be- 

ly ft#   , 

. 

rn*    i^~ 

— ^ f^— ^ N- 

-i h h" 

S N_ 

m — ^ 

— # # — m #-l 

— # 0 — J #-J 

LJ J — # # — 1 

I- 


fe^^ 


i 


?^ 


J 


mate  may  find.  He     can  -  not    go    with  me.     He      can  -  not    go     with 
sins  make  moan  J  I'd    rath  -  er  trudge  a  -  lone,    I'd      rath-er  trudge  a - 
hind  for  night,  That    is      the  man  for    me,   That     is      the    man  for 


i^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SOIS^G, 


49 


&U-r- 

^      J 

^ 

F^ 

=*= 

=J= 

==F? 

ir\  I 

s 

me. 

lone. 

me. 

n  i±it     I 

J  r 

U  -  he, 
U-  he, 
U  -  he. 

U   - 
11   - 
u  - 

-M 

1 

he! 

he! 
he! 

0 

tra 
tra 
tra 

0  • 

la 
la 
la 

la     la 
la     la 
la     la 

la,        U  -  he, 
la,       U  -  he, 
la,       U  -  he, 

cres.  ,           -^ 

-r 

u- 
u- 
u- 

V  ttii^ 

1 

JL.  Ij-      J 

s. 

fv 

fS 

k. 

gP  ^      * f^ ^ J^ 

-H 

^- 

— N- 

— K— -N- 

J^ n 

^ 

-0- 

-#■ 

—^ 

-••, 

■iP    ^ 

— 0 — ' 

tf 


Iff  I  ii^ 


f 


Uk=U 


he! 


4* 


m 


tra  la     la   la 


la, 


U    -  he. 


/: 


-N Ts S 


N— N- 


U  -    he. 


u  -  he, 


i 


tf 


:s 


3Ei 


he. 


M 


e 


he! 


tra 


la       la     la 


la. 


U 


it= 


u  -  he! 


U  -  he,  . 


^^m^^4^^^mm^ 


he. 


he, 


u  -     he !    tra  la  la    la       la. 


ill: 


^S 


^m 


-9 W 


u  -  he. 


?v— N 


t==i^ 


u  -  he, 


50 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


LOVELY   IS  THE    HEAVEN   BLUE. 

A.  P.  Berggreen. 


I 


MEi 


m 


m 


±3 


1.  Love  -  ly    is     the  heav-en     blue,     With  its  clouds  of  gold  -  en  hue, 

2.  Once,  up- on     a  Christmas  night,  Shone  the  stars  with  trembling  light, 


i 


y 


■± 


-7- 


m^ 


1==F 


w^ 


^— ^ 


-r 


■#  ■# 


tf-^U-hj:3^-hj-jH-^3X^-^' 


^m4 


m 


f==F^ 


r  I  'i    r 


M 


t 

And  its  stars  which  with  their  smile  Us  from  earth  would  now  be  -  guile 
Till    a    sud-den  glo  -  ry    came,  Chang-ing  ev  -  'ry    star  to      flame, 


^ 


^H^^ 


i 


f 


T=^ 


5    S 


lA 


m 


FPF^ 


I 


tf 


Up      to    heav'n    so    clear  and  bright. 
Light -ing    heav'n   so    clear  and  bright. 


W 


^ 


m 


3  And  unto  the  lovely  star. 
Came  the  wise  men  from  afar. 
Following  where'er  it  led. 
Even  unto  Jesus'  bed. 
On  this  snowy  Christmas  night. 


4  This  bright  star,  so  soft  and  mild, 
Leading  to  a  little  child. 
Is  his  word  so  true  and  clear. 
Which  we  all  so  gladly  hear, 
On  this  cheerful  Christmas  night. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SOiq^G. 


61 


E-Plat  Major. 
(a)  Harmonies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


-J2L 


i 


S. — » — a — ^^-z^ 


ti;? 


-^- 


Y7 


V9 


3. 


4. 


^^^^^N#^ 


^: 


f=r 


I       V     I 

Pi  -   e  -    ty. 


I 
I       Y7       I  I         V7     I  I         Y9        I 

Vir-tuous  mind.  Word  of  God.      End  -  less  day. 


(5)  Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 


P^p^ffii^S^ta 


IV 


I  IV         I      V7         I  II 

Oh,      hear  thou  my  pray'r. 


8. 


|i 


g 


:i=i 


w^i 


r 

I  II  V7        I 

Give   rest    and  peace. 


3     g^      °g?- 


ISL 


I^ 


M=T^r^ 


r  '    '  '  '  tfr 

Il7  I  Il7        V7  I  VI  I  I        VI     Il7     V  I 

Have  mer  -  cy.      Lord.  Sing  prais-es  to    our    Lord. 


A  correct  striking  of  sounds. 

This,  of  course,  is  included  in  note  reading.  The  correct  striking  of  a  sound 
is  to  sing  it  after  any  other  sound  correctly, —  just  at  the  proper  pitch,  without 
assistance,  and  without  hesitation.  If  we  connect  with  this  a  proper  observ- 
ance of  the  time  and  easy  reading  of  the  words,  we  are  good  "  note  readers," 
that  is,  we  can  sing  what  is  before  us  at  once,  without  having  previously 
heard  it,  or  having  it  explained  to  us. —  Dr.  Marx. 


52 


JSTEW   THIRD   NATIOJ^AL   MUSIC   READER. 
PLEASURES  OP  THE  WOOD. 


ftS^ 


t=^i 


Abt. 

2r* — f^ 


:|^-=t 


'S^^: 


^^-tr-rr^ 


1.  How  pleas-ant  is     the     wood.      How  pleasant  is    the  wood,       How 

2.  The     hunter's  best  lov'd  good,       The  hunter's  best  lov'd  good,        The 
.  mf  ,       eves.  , 


* 


ia^ 


^M7}  jmi^^^^E^ 


I 


s 


m 


^ 


i 


mf 


^^m^ 


^^m=^ 


pleas -ant    is    the      wood,  The  green  and  sha  -  dy      wood.      When 
hun-ter's  best  lov'd    good.  That  is     the  green,  green  wood ;         He 

=-5-  ,  mf 


y^^"?^ 


^^^^-^-T^ 


^=i=i^ 


■0-^ 


I 


^pfe^ 


tnf 


4^-fc-^ 


^ 


^ 

:^3 


:rT^ 


:i=t 


^^ 


itzat 


ff    ^    <> 


mer  -  ri  -  ly  horns  are  re  -     sound  -  ing,  Our    heart  with  delight  is   a  - 
sports  there  and  chases  there     dai  -      ly,    And  sings  so  light-hearted  and 


I 


m 


1^=^ 


^    d    d 


K—K- 


^ 


,:^=^,^m:,=^=^^:^ 


'^M« 


£ 


1 ^        ■• 

bound-ing,    A-  round  the  green,green  wood,     A- round  the  green, green 
gai     -    ly,     A-    round  the  green, green  wood,      A  -  round  the  green,green 


P 


fe^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SONG. 


53 


i-r."  f 


-l^ 


m^^m^wP^mm 


fe 


B 


/        3      •      153 

wood.  Hoi  -  la,     hoi  -  la,    hoi     -  la, 


I 


i-^Sr^-^ 


hol  -     la,  hol- 

ff 


i^ 


gfc 


^ 


hol  -  la,  hol-la,  hol- 


^.jHH&^^SM^ 


la,  hol-  la,  hol-la,    hol  -  la. 


hol-  la,  hol-la,  hol-  la. 


^m^^^^EE^ 


M 


EE 


^m 


-^i^--^- 


0,4      " 


■0 ^^=#   '  # 


la,  holla, 


3  The  echo*s  merry  mood, 
The  echo's  merry  mood, 
The  echo's  merry  mood 
Reigns  in  the  green,  green  wood. 
In  trees  and  in  rocks  ever  living, 
Back  every  song  it  is  giving. 
Around  the  green,  green  wood. 
Around  the  green,  green  wood. 
Holla,  holla,  etc. 


SENTENCE. 


y 


NOT  TOO  SLOWLY. 


To  all,  good -night. 


m 


p^^^m 


I 


r 


^r=f 


Good  -  night, 


good -night,       good  -    night. 


good -night. 


^^ 


i=it 


Ll==l 


i 


^=f-=^ 


Good-night, 


good'uight,  To    all   a  kind  good-night. 


54 


KEW   THIED   NATIONAL   MUSIC   EEADER. 


I 


.LJL 


SEA  SONG. 

May  be  transposed  to  D. 


mm 


N^GELl. 


^=fa=^ 


EE 


-4t 


1.  O'er    the  bright    wa  -  ters    we 

2.  Hoist  the  white      sail      with  a 


mar  -  i    -  ners       sail ; 
wel  -  com  -  ing      cheer  ! 


S 


* 


^ 


^ 


^— ■^- 


^M 


s 


p^ 


zf!=|t=:J=: 

round    us, 
gleam  -  ing  1 


Nev  -  er       a    -    lone    with  the      blue      sea      a 
Up      with  the        pen  -  non,   its      stars     bright-ly 


I 


^ 


^fe^ 


hda=^n=^ 


B 


:Rt 


Ev   -    er      at      home     when  there's  noth  -  ing     to        bound      us, 
Swift    o'er  the       tide,     with      its      mad    white-caps    teem  -    ing, 


I 


n 


m 


>;=*: 


-^ 


E 


t^-^^-.-r^^ 


i 


i^ 


f 


^ 


Brav  -  ing  the 
Dash    we    so 


i^ 


storm     and    en     -      joy     -      ing    the      gale, 
swift  -    ly,   our        hearts       void     of      fear. 


S 


^ 


:si 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PAET  SONG. 


55 


n-^^ 


i 


^ 


f — 7- 


^^=p= 


f=^ 


Hope     ev  -  er 
Hope     ev  -  er 


near    us,  Read  -   y      to        cheer  us, 

near    us.  Read  -    y     to        cheer  us. 


--r^ 


-^-^ 


^^ 


i!=5: 


-^-^^-J 


N  » 


1^  ^' 


I 


Efc 


f=^ 


^=r 


Hope     the    true      com  -  rade  that 
Faith     the    sure      com -pass,    by 


nev    -   er  shall 
which     we  e'er 


fail, 
steer. 


I 


£fc 


-^ 


^ 


r'T~J-^ 


SENTENCE. 


A.  P.  Berggreen. 


^ 


^=a 


^ 


^.    *    ^ 


A  -    bide 


with         me !     fast      falls  the  e    -    ven   -      tide : 


jP  J. .  4  '  J.  t^^ 


-4— #- 


^ 


^=i^ 


i 


I       1    T  I     I 


The    dark  -  ness    deep  -  ens ;  Lord, with    me 


P^^ 


bide. 


^^ 


*  ^   ? 


-f^       li*- 


66 


NEW  THIRD    NATIOITAL   MUSIC   READER. 


NOW  THE  WINTRY  STORMS  ARE  O'ER. 

SiLCHER. 


ly^rnr  i^r 


^j-  'ip  ; 


^1  '^      \ 

1.  Now      the        win    -    try      storms      are      o'er,  Spring    un 

2.  O'er      the        dai    -     sy  -  paint    -    ed     mead,  ,     Now       the 


I 


m 


^ 


B 


^ 


S 


^ 


i=ifc 


/•  ii^  [\B  t 


^ 


* 


I 


locks      her       ver    -     dant     store;         Smil    -  mg      pleas   -  ure 
wan    -  ton        lamb  -  kins    spread,        Ev     -      er        play    -    ful. 


^E^^ 


^ 


feSEEi 


mm 


^ 


1 


s 


^^^ 


F^? 


crowns     the     day ; 
ev      -      er      gay,     , 


Sweet  -  ly    breathes  the  blush  -  ing    May. 
Fond      to       wel  -  come     in        the    May. 


I 


^m 


i: 


^ 


-#-r- 


3  Now  responsive  through  the  grove, 
Softer  tuned  to  Spring  and  Love, 
Echo,  with  her  sportive  lay, 
Joins  our  carols  in  the  May. 


m 


CHORAL. -LET    US   WITH   A    GLADSOME    MIND. 

SiLCHER. 


^^m 


-121 


a-  }cr4 


^ 


1.  Let 

2.  He, 


us,        with       a      glad  -  some     mind.       Praise        the 
with      all    -  com  -  mand  -  ing      might.      Filled        the 


^m 


^ 


gy^ 


^^ 


BOOK   II.  —  THREE-PART  SOKG. 


57 


I 


^^^^ 


-^h=d 


m 


W- 


f=f' 


Lord,    for       he       is      kind;     For      his 
new  -  made  world  with  light.     For      his 


mer  -  cies    shall     en 
mer  -  cies,  etc. 


m 


i \ I 


■i&- 


I 


EE 


^ 


3 


^ 


r     r  ^ 


r 


dure,  Ev     -     er  faith  -    ful,         ev 


er  sure. 


I 


EE 


^ 


8  All  things  living  he  doth  feed ; 
His  full  hand  supplies  their  need. 
For  his  mercies,  etc. 

4  Let  us,  then,  with  gladsome  mind, 
Praise  the  Lord,  for  he  is  kind. 
For  his  mercies,  etc. 


^ 


BLESS    THE    LORD. 


m 


^^^^^^^ 


r^ 


1.  Bless  the  Lord,   0      my    soul !  Ev  -  er   praise  his      ho  -  ly    name. 

2.  Bless  the  Lord,   O      my    soul !  Nor    for  -  get     his      ben  -  e    -    fits. 

3.  Praise  the  Lord,   all    his    hosts,  Ye    that    do      his      gra-  cious  will. 


IS 


-<5^—(5^ 


F 


-IST       7^     -^ 


^^^ 


i 


58 


NEW   THIKD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   EEADER. 


From  the  French.  -\- 

IN  MARCH  TIME. 


SONG  OP  THE  DRAGOONS. 


F.    SiLCHER. 


I 


^ 


^ 


r^ 


I 


1.  In      clear,  pierc-ing  tones,    the 

2.  All       fear  -  less   and  brave,  like 

3.  Now,     sol  -  diers,  up  -  on      them  charge  with  the  lance ! 


trum  -  pet    we  hear, 
he  -    roes    of    old. 


Now 

We 

Hur 


See 


■#  •# 


n    I-.                                         1 

1             h         h 

V     1   P           1                     k               K           \ 

\             N  ■       t       1 

J           J         J 

..J       .. r     j^        •?    V 

*           4        4- 

m^-J- — J-v— a  ^ — z- 

-< «-T— ^ €— -^- 

_# p. m 

^  T   ^  ^  T  r 

mount,  bold  dragoons  !  the 
gal  -    lop    to    bat  -  tie, 
rah!    how    our  no  -  ble 

foe  -  man     is  near!    Al  -  read  -   y      the 
daunt-less     and  bold ;  We     f ol  -    low   our 
war  -  hors  -  es  prance !  We'll  sing,    as      we 

V    1  K         1                  Ic             Ic          1               1 

VLbk                    he 

*f      s 

K           "K 

fm'^  K   J          •       _h    J        ' 

1               N           N                '       1 

f^  ■■ — n 

\S])    ^'4          9  »     S.      4        # 

1            N                   m 

m            J          J    ■■  ■ 

J 

-#-          ■^,     -•-     -4- 

I 


&=f: 


7^ 


mm 


tj 


?=-f=r^g 


sun  shines 
flag,  we  '11 
fight,  our 


bright  in  the  sky ;  A  -  far  roars  the  can  -  non, 
con  -  quer  or  fall !  May  God,  ev  -  er  gra  -  cious, 
war  -  like     re  -  f  rain.  We  '11  sing,  e'en  tho'  dy    -    ing. 


I 


/ 


^U=^ 


.15   ! 


EH 


i^^Et 


m 


ech  -  oes  re-ply !       A  -    far  roars  the  can  -  non,    ech  -  oes  re  -  ply ! 
watch  o'er  us  all,     May     God,  ev  -  er   gra  -  cious,  watch  o'er  us  all. 
glo  -  ry    to  gain,  We  '11  sing,  e'en  tho'  dy  -  ing,     glo  -  ry    to  gain. 

e-rb X #-N-, ^ N 


i 


--t=^^- 


#•  r 


m 


BOOK   II.  —  THKEE-PART   SONG. 

E  Major. 

(a)  Hakmoxies  of  the  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


59 


P 


^ 


I      '^  f  ■         'f^ 


1^2=^ 


§^g^=^=M:^^ 


V9 


^^=^^pLJ  i  i  \]  i 


I       V        I  I      V7         I  I        V       I  I        V9        I 

Sum-mer  night.  Morn-ing  star.     Ev-er-more.    Fa- ther-land. 


P: 


(ft)  Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees 

5.  e. 


?^i 


^^ijiLi^ 


f 


IV 


T 
I      IV     I     V     I       II 

Oh,  haste,  haste  a  -  way. 


I     II      V      I 

The  sun  -  set    glow. 


8. 


:fei^j#4#^fciitj-H^ 


u' 


I      n7      V7       I         VI        I      I     VI    ii'    V       I 

O'er  wood  and  plain.  Will  bring  ns  joy    a  -  gain. 


^fe 


-^— ^ 


S 


H 


:*-s 


S 


--n 


n 


^^-f 


f^ 


^=^ 


1    I 


f^ 


T 


S 


■bc  -zs**     -^ 


^ 


3 


5  "^ 


60 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 
OH,    SEE    HOW    PLEASANT. 


C.  F.  Georgi. 


I 


ANDANTINO. 

7> 


II 


Pi 


^m 


^ 


i^ 


f=^ 


M 


1.  Oh,     see    how  pleas-ant,    fair,    and  bright  Our    lit  -  tie  church  is 

2.  No     cost  -  ly    arts    our  church  ar  -  ray,  That  bride    so    meek  and 


^ 


PS 


^ 


— 1 1 1 1 f 

■• 0 — ' — # # — L__l 0. 


w 


^^ 


^=^=f==f 


i 


tt: 


I'pi^i  ^1  1^1  U'l  U" 

show    -    ing !  While  gild    -    ed     by       the  morn  -  ing    light.   Each 

love    -      ly ;     But    there,     each  wel  -  come  Sab  -  bath  -  day,     The 


n 


=^ 


i^ 


^^-i— *- 


e-y* 


U;s  jm'Ojm^^ 


^ 


# 


win  -  dow  -  pane    is      glow 
ver  -    y  air       is        ho 


I 


m 


ing.      All      gen  -  tie,  sweet,  and 
ly;      And    there    the    pas  -  tor 


m 


?-#J=^=?W^4    4-'-j— >^^j 


I 


Hi 


■^m 


-0-r 


I 


E 


rn-" 


qui    -    et     round;  No         such 
leads      his    flock      To        wa    - 


-U 


"5    I 

a    church     is        else  -  where  found, 
ter     from      the       liv    -    ing    rock. 


m 


i 


'¥ 


3  Then  when  the  organ  lifts  its  voice 
In  sounds  so  sweetly  given. 
And  when  its  tones  press  thro'  the  heart, 


^ 


And  open  it  to  heaven, — 
Then  may  the  heart,  thus  open  laid, 
Hear  more  than  organ  ever  said. 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SOl^G. 


61 


SHORTNESS    OF    TIME. 


Franz  Abt. 


m^^ 


33 


r=r 


-^ 


1.  In      ev  -  er  -  chang-ing      or    -    bit    Our    life    doth  quick  -  ly 

2.  The    rose     a  breath  can    with  -  er,    That  late    so    sweet  -  ly 


m 


5=^ 


N#^ 


t^ 


f=f 


flee, 
bloomed; 


r    I     -v 

And      gen    -    tly     doth      ab     -    sorb 
It       goes      we    know    not        whith 


it 
er. 


E 
To 


i 


3 


^ 


^ 


r=f 


m- 


5 


m 


m 


t 


t 


V-T^ 


1^    I 


ter  -  ni  -  ty's    wide  sea,  E    -    ter  -  ni  -  ty's    wide  sea. 

swift  de  -  struc  -tion  doomed,    To    swift    de  -  struc  -  tion  doomed. 


m 


t 


t 


I 


"4  4  4.  J 


^=^=3= 


3  Like  fleeting  thoughts  that  waver, 

Life's  dream  from  us  doth  haste  ; 
Though  gained  by  hard  endeavor, 
II :  Its  pleasures  scarce  we  taste.  :|| 

4  While  flow'rs  around  are  growing, 

The  grave  doth  yawn  beneath ; 
The  balmy  west  wind  blowing, 
II :  Brings,  too,  corruption's  breath.  :|| 

5  With  eagle's  swiftness  flying. 

The  wheel  of  time  rolls  by ; 
While  yet  for  fortune  trying, 
II :  In  sudden  gloom  we  lie.  :|| 


62  I^EW  THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 

A-flat   Major. 
(a)HARMONiES  OF  TUP:  First  and  Fifth  Degrees. 


5^ 


W=^M^^^ 


^: 


^m 


^ — ^ — ^ 


f=t:f: 


^ 


I 


Y7 


V9 


2. 


4. 


m 


'^^ 


g 


g 


5 


I 


1 — r 


IVI  IVI  IY7I  IY9I 

Praise   the    Lord.  Sing     a  -  loud.    Gen  -  tie  winds.  Love  -  ly    grove. 


(6)  Harmonies  of  the  Fourth,  Second,  and  Sixth  Degrees. 
5.  6. 


pi 


:i^^ 


t 


:F^f=F^^#=^=^| 


IV 


I      IV    V      I        n 
Hal  -  le  -  lu  -  jah. 


It-  -* 
I  II  V  I 
A  -  men,  A  -  men. 


A  -  wake  and  a  -  way. 


VI         I      I      VI   ii'    V      I 

The  dew  is  sparkling  bright. 


.1^: 


^k 


^- 


Sfe5 


P 


iffi: 


■i^ — ^ 


f=f 


-.SL 


T 


?df 


r 


T^- 


f 


fT 


r 


I 


tel 


B^ 


5 


i 


t=t 


=:^    '  a^  J. '  ■^  tl8^  '  '^b^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SONG. 


63 


From  the  German. 

7> 


IN   APRIL. 


^S¥ 


mf,^ 


s 


MZL. 


^ 


TT-^ 


I 


e 


V      r      V      "^      '^       '  V      '^      '        V     \^       ' 

1.  0     dew  -  y,  sweet  Spring  ev'n  -  ing,  Thou    art       to    me       so 
^  ==.=—    ,    mf 


^ 


s 


±=i-- 


te 


>    ,s 


J^ 


:&-J^ 


01 


#^ 


dear! 


i 


,fcr 


•i/  ;/  ^  >/  i^ 

The    skies    with    clouds    are 


cur  -   tained,      A 


'^V 


^ 


9^ 


*      J 


I 


W 


4=^-N 


dim. 


I 


S 


-i-w, 


H        \J        H        V 
star    but  here  and 


there, 


I 


"&-- 


"     ^      f    l-     D     f 

A     star      but  here  and   there. 
dim. 


S 


■^i-^ 


?S5^*- 


2  The,  air  so  warm  and  balmy, 

Breathes  like  the  breath  of  love. 
Each  breeze  a  violet  perfume 
II :  Wafts  up  to  me  above.  :|| 


3  A  song  like  this  sweet  evening, 
I  fain  would  sing  ;  in  vain  1 
The  tone  so  soft,  so  gentle, 
II :  I  never  shall  attain.  :|| 


64 


KEW   THIKD    ]SrATIOXAL   MUSIC    HEADER. 


AWAK'D  WITH  EXULTATION. 

From  the  Ge>-man.-\- 

MODERATO. 

mf  cres.  ,   _A     I    »    ^         I ^>-- 


Abt. 


^^m 


^i=^ 


^ 


mm- 


#=^ 


1.  A-wak'dwithex -ul-    ta  -   tion,  I  greet,  O    God,  thy      light  j 

2.  All  lives  and  moves  u  -  nit  -     ed.  Thro'  field  and  shrub  and  sky. 


i3 


4-— ^-^ 


t=X- 


-^-gr-^ 


■#  -^ 


^^m 


I 


^  N        >    > 


^^ 


And  turn  to   thy    ere  -  a    -   tion  My  most    as-ton-ish'd    sight. 
The  cat -tie  snuff,  de-  light -ed,  The    balm-y       air    on      high. 


r 


m=¥=^^=^=^^^^=r^P^^^ 


^ 


mf 


$ 


i-;iJ  J^ 


^ 


^ 


c'r  g  P 


t 


Now   glo  -  rious  shines  the     sun         a-  round,  A  -  wak  -  ing  life's  tu  ■ 
The  bird  shakes  glad     a   -   way       the  dew,  Flies    up     and  sings  in 


i 


n        f   I   -r 


j^^ 


"w'cn 


T" 

:& 


rn/^ 


^ 


;i 


n 


I 


r^^ 


mult-uous     sound,       A-wak-ing    life's    tu  -nml-tuous    sound, 
a  -    zure    blue,       Flies  up    and    sings    in      a  -  zure      blue. 


^ 


a  jjrr^jg 


S- 


BOOK   II. —  THREE- PART   SONG. 


65 


3  With  joyful  eye  reflecting  4  O  sun,  the  world  adorning, 

What 's  good  and  pure  and  worth,  Thou  show'st  God's  love  and  might; 

Day's  labor  not  neglecting.  May  there  be  such  a  morning, 

Now  man  to  work  goes  forth;  When  past  is  our  last  night. 

Then  praying  he  begins  his  deeds,  O  God,  thy  sunshine  is  so  sweet, 

11 :  And  all  he  undertakes  succeeds.  :1|       ||:  What  man  would  not  rejoice  in  it !  :1| 


SONG  OF  MAY. 


Abt. 


I 


mf 


^^ 


Sr 


I  ■ — V       ^    u 
1&2.    Now  let  lis      dai  -    ly 


Sing      and  tune    gai    -    ly, 


dolce. 


^E^^ 


m 


^ 


u*    1     i/  1  i     u  J    I)    I     5^i 

(1)  Sing        of  the  beauteous  May,  Sing      of    the  star  -  ry  ray ! 

(2)  Sing        of    the    balm-y  air,  Sing      of    the  flowerets  fair. 


S 


^^ 


0        0 


dolce 


-i=^ 


7> 


^ 


(1  &  2)  Sing       and  tune  gai  -     ly. 


Sing        and  tune   gai  -    ly. 


i 


i 


?^=^' 


^ 


9 


3  Now  let  us  daily  sing  and  tune  gaily, 

Sing  of  delight  and  love.  Far  thro'  the  wood  and  grove. 
II :  Sing  and  tune  gaily.  :|| 


60 


KEW   THIRD    NATION"AL   MUSIC    READER. 


THE   SUNBEAMS   STREAK  THE  AZURE   SKIES. 

POHLENZ. 


ALLEGRETTO. 


iifg 


fe:^ 


F=^=SSf=f 


ft?^ 


1.  The    sun  -  beams   streak 

2.  The  goats  wind      slow 


the       a  -    zure         skies, 
their  wont  -  ed  way, 


And 
Up 


i 


i=^ 


J  ./i 


h^m 


line       with  light     the       moun-tain's  brow,    the       moun    -    tain's 
crag    -  gy     steeps  and        ridg  -  es     rude,     and       ridg      -    es 


i 


^ 


.^    VV 


^^ 


m 


i=^ 


^ 


brow, 
rude, 


m=t 


the    moun  -  tain' 
and    ridg  -  es 


I 

brow  ;     With  hounds  and  horns  the 
rude,       Mark'd  by     the  wild  wolf 


m^^^ 


P=v 


ii^ 


-» — y 


^  f  r 


I 

hunt  -  ers     rise,     And        chase     the      roe  -    buck      through  the  snow, 
for      his    prey,  From        des  -     ert     cave        or  hang  -  ing  wood. 


P 


^ 


^ 


# 


With  hounds  and  horns  the       hunt  -  ers  rise,With  hounds  and  horns  the 
Mark'd    by     the   wild  wolf       for    his  prey,Mark'd  by     the  wild  wolf 


P 


^BtfT^ 


F=l 


^E^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART   SOl^G. 


67 


i 


i^M^m^s^^m^ 


l-ir— (-'n-iq— f=^J--=^ 


hunt-ers  rise,  And    chase  .  .      the      roe        -        buck     through  the 

for  his  prey,From  des        -      ert       cave,     .     .      or        hang        -      ing 

,7^ 


i 


?^ 


^i  '-^-i 


And  chase  the 
From   des  -  ert 


roe  -  buck 
cave,      or 


i 


^^ 


^ 


m 


4^^N 


I 


P^ 


^^1=T^^.-7^" 


snow, 
wood, 


And  chase  the     roe 
From  de  -  sert     cave 


buck  thro'   the 
or   hang- ing 


snow, 
wood. 


m 


1=^ 


I 


V.  V 


d ^ 


And  while  the  torrent  thunders  loud, 
And  as  the  echoing  cliffs  reply. 
The  cliffs  reply,  the  cliffs  reply. 
The  huts  peep  o'er  the  morning  cloud, 
Perch'd  like  an  eagle's  nest  on  high. 
The  huts  peep  o'er  the  morning  cloud, 
The  huts  peep  o'er  the  morning  cloud, 
II -.Perch'd  like  an  eagle's  nest  on  high:|| 

SENTENCE. 


m 


f 


V" 


It: 


-t5>- 


r^^f 


Oh,         let        me  keep  hope's        an  -    chor        fast. 


TT" j^i 


¥=^ 


i 


es 


KEW   THIRD   KATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 
NORWEGIAN    FATHERLAND    SONG. 


Tempo  m  marcia. 


E.    NORDRAAK. 


Wf^^^ 


^ 


I 


1.  Sing,  -with  love  and  deep  de  -  To-tion,  To   our  f  ath  -  er  -  land, 

2.  Now,  'tis    Harold,*  strong  and  fearless,  King  of  Norway  reigns ; 


I 


t 


i  a  u  iUT^^^ 


^m 


3^3 


r=^^-f-^ 


f^T 


Guar  -  ded  well      by    mount  and      o  -  cean,      Migh  -    ty,    free,     and 
Now,  we're  saved  by      Ha  -  kon*    peer  -  less,     Saved    from  death    and 


m 


r^F^ 


? 


I 


i 


7> 


^ 


i 


r 


While      our 
Heav'n      the 


tho'ts  with  love       are        turn  -    ing, 
cross      that   O     -    laf*        pri    -    zes 


grand, 
chains ; 


# 


V. — J^ 


^^ 


^i^=t: 


He    -  roes   to      re    -      vere, 
Sends     on    field    of        blood; 


f=T 


Ev  -  'ry        pa  -  triot  heart     is 
Base   cor  -  rup  -  tion's   dark  dis 


I 


^1=^^ 


f 


*  Norwegiaa  kings  and  heroes. 


BOOK  II. — THBEE-PART  SOKG. 


69 


i 


burn  -  ing,      An  -  cient  tales  to      hear :  Ev-  'ry    pa  -  triot  heart  is 

guis   -  es       Sink    in  Truth's  pure  flood  :      Base  cor  -  rup-tion's  dark  dis 


H ) ^^ — ^- 


I 


m 


^ 


#-r 


#-^-^ 


r-f 


i 


burn 
guis 


ing     An  -  cient  Sa    -    ga    lore     to      hear. 
-    es    Fall,    and  sink     in  Truth's  pure  flood. 


— H ^ — I *. \- 

3  Now,  brave  Tordenskjold*f  advances, 

Saves  our  land  from  woe ; 
Ever,  where  his  bright  blade  glances, 

Falls  the  hated  foe ; 
Peasantry  and  yeomen  follow, — 

Maids  and  mothers,  too, — 
Gather  all,  from  hill  and  hollow, 

Valiant  hearts  and  true  : 
Gather  all,  from  hill  and  hollow, 

Noble,  valiant  hearts  and  true. 


f 


SENTJENCE. 


J     J     j     JlJ     J 


^ 


fe# 


Ff^FF=F^ 


f 


Thro'  meadows  green  the  winding  stream  flows    far      a  -    way 


|S 


i 


^ 


m 


i 


^=r=^ 


^ 


•!•  Pronounced  Tordcnshiold. 


70 


NEW   THIRD    NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


WITH  SPIRIT. 

mf 


u 


TRAVELLING  SOKG. 


Abt. 


:^^^=i 


m 


^ 


u 


Srzfz 


^=i=r 


i 


i 


y: 


1.  How    charm-ing  'tis      to      wan  -    der,      In  Spring,  thro' field  and 

2.  The      lark,  with  morn  -  ing     dit    -    ties.  Waves    in      the  balm  -  y 
mf  ,  r:^=- 


1=Nq= 


'U 


& 


S^i: 


S 


:i=it 


-JK 


lit    ut 


y_=ds^==j 


^ 


« 


lE^r 


*: 


P 


^ 


2=t 


^^ 


L^ 


fci: 


grove,        By    mer  -   ry    tho'ts     at    -    tend  -  ed,      And  sing  -  ing 
air ;  It    sounds  thro'  wood  and      moun  -  tain.   And    to        our 


m 


^-7- 


f=r=f 


u 


feg 


t 


S: 


f=f 


^— ^- 


l^ 


-'-r 


We  rise      be  -   fore  day 's  dawn  -  ing ;  How 


1/    I 

songs  of     love! 

We    rise 

heart  so    fair ;  Then  how    are      we      de  -  light  -  ed.  O'er 


u 


Then  how 


lE 


:^i: 


:*it 


^3=^ 


m 


decres. 


^        Z m c ~r-i s w 


I      I)    \      u    \  ^      1^    f     ^    I       i^^^       1     1^ 


i 


yt 


si  -  lent  't  is     a  -  round  !       But  with  sweet  ver  -  nal   feel  -  ings.  Our 
wood  and  stream  to    see,  Sur-round  -  ed    by    the  bound-less  Blue 


decres. 


^ 


l=1vj^^J=P 


w^ 


^-# 


■m 


^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SONG. 


71 


.-^ 


-3i=i: 


^- 


9     V 


heart    will    glad      ly  bound,   .     .     .  But    with    sweet  ver  -  nal 

With    sweet 

round-ed  by     the 


iJ-J-.-^'- 


ii=2-it 


fcJ=# 


=ls=t5 


/-^- 


i 


i 


« 


feel  -  ings     Our    hearts  will    glad 
bound -less,  Blue    heav  -  en's      can 

ed  by 


bound. 

py- 


idF 


i 


4=:trf= 


*  •     ^ 


3  From  mountains  birds  are  flying, 
And  clouds  of  every  kind ; 
But  thoughts  are  coming  quicker 

Than  birds,  and  clouds,  and  wind. 
The  clouds  are  going  downwards, 
The  birds  at  length  must  fall ; 
II :  But  thoughts  and  songs  are  rising 
E'en  into  heaven's  hall.  :l| 


Note. —  The  above  is  one  of  a  class  called  "  open-air  songs."  There  are  a 
great  number  of  these  songs  in  every  country  in  Europe, —  mostly  in  Germany 
and  Switzerland, —  which  are  written  especially  for  social  gatherings  of  the 
people  in  summer;  such  as  picnics,  fairs,  etc.  Most  of  them  are  standard 
"people's  songs,"  and  are  committed  to  memory, — both  words  and  music, — 
by  hearing  them  sung  from  childhood.  This  accounts  for  the  hearty  style,  and 
often  want  of  refinement,  in  which  they  are  rendered  in  the  school-rooms  of 
the  countries  where  they  are  most  used.  Songs  of  this  class  corn  posed  by  Abt 
and  other  modern  composers  are  of  a  higher  grade  of  music,  requiring  more 
study,  and  are  therefore  well  adapted  to  the  school-room  as  well  as  "out  of 
doors."  To  sound  well,  they  should  be  very  familiar  to  the  pupils,  and  the 
parts  should  be  well  balanced,  and  sung  with  spirit. 


73 


NEW  THIRD    NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 


BRAVE    OP    HEART    AND    WARRIORS    BOLD. 

Swedish  Song. 


1.  Brave  of  heart,  and  war-riors  bold,   Were  the  Swedes  of  time  un-told, 

2.  Songs  of  ma  -  ny  a  thou  -  sand  year    Ring  thro'  wood  and  val  -  ley  clear, 


|T;  ;  s^  /'[B 


10 — t 


p^^^#^^^^ 


Hearts  for     hon  -  or      ev  -  er    warm.  Firm  in  faith  and  strong  of    arm. 
Pict  -  ure,  bright  of      wa  -  ters  wild,    Yet      so  peace  -  ful,  firm,  and  mild. 


I 


i: 


g^^ 


5 


h     ^ 


^=^ 


4-^ 


*^ 


ii'i^r;i:.','u  uiKii 


Blue  eyes  bright  dance  with  light    For      thy  dear  green  val  -  leys  old ; 
To    the    rhyme      of    past  time.  Blend    all  hearts  and  list  each  ear; 


m 


^=^=^ 


'^^- 


-li i^ W 


P^ 


^ 


=g 


^s 


-^s K 


rt  TTrW^ 


North !  thou  gi  -  ant    limb  of  earth.  Land  of    no  -  ble     he-roes'  birth. 
Guard  the  songs   of    Swed  -  ish  lore,    Love  and  sing  them  ev  -  er  -  more. 


^ 


t. 


^^W^X  J 


s—T-i 


BOOK   II. —  THKEE-PART  SONG. 
CBADLE  SONG. 


Andantino. 

«      9 


5^^ 


^ 


4— 


^ 


s 


Lul 


i 


tf 


?? 


la 


^Ei 


73 


WiLHEM. 


by, 


Lul 


la 


m 


4. r-^ 


-^ 


by, 


Lul 


la 


^^7 


^ 


Lul 


la 


by, 


^ 


by, 


,.   \i   mf  ^  ^         K         I  1  ^^'^  cres    ,    .     . 


An  -  gels  watch  o'er        thee,        sent      from    a    -      bove;   . 


^t  J     J\  J^ 


f 


t: 


-N ^ 


:S==^ 


^ 


Dreams  be     be    -   fore     thee     of  pleas  -  ure  and        love. 


-j7  j  I  i.i  ;.  ji  ^^ 


74 


KEW  THIRD   KATIOiq-AL  MUSIO   READER. 
MOENING  SONG. 


i 


UN  POCO  AOTMATO. 

/ 


Abt. 


>|J:       ^       A 


w^ 


¥ 


1.  Rent     is      night's      dark,    drear  -    y 

2.  And  while      all  the       world       ii 

/ 


pris  -  on,       High      in 
sing  -  ing       Praise    to 
,mf 


A 


s 


f=E 


i 


i^^ 


^ 


r-r 


heav'n  the    sun  shines  bright.       And      a  -   wak'd 
God        in    tune  -  ful    rhyme.      And     its     grate 


m    ]oy    IS 
ful  trib-utes 


t 


-N        N       N       N       S K- 


And    a-wak'd  in  joy    is 
And  its  grateful  tributes 


n       1          'l 

./ 

J 

^       ^        h. 

P 

V                   J 

N.                     K. 

#     • 

J        r        b 

\               K               K 

JL    J          t                    1^' 

0     * 

#       J         h 

f               1                  K 

fe-7 F— 

^      .^ 

-f f^ — >  :   ^ 

-J ^ /^ J^ 

^-f 1 — 

ris    -    en, 
bring  -  ing 

n 

All      ere  -    a  - 
Fresh  from  ev  - 

tion's  gold  -  en       light ;        With    the 
'ry     land    and    clime; —     Thou,    my 

y      "1"           "                N           N 

^               Ni               S 

f               1                 K 

/hi  J        M        -i       -^' 

1           h.        N          h 

4                ^               J                  M^ 

^n;-  #            tf 

w     ,            m 

J        _r* 

J 

-i. 

-0-      ^  •     ^ 

ri    -    sen, 
bring  -  ing, 


I 


,    cres. 


^^^-^ 


t± 


^^^=^H 


T     [^  ■  B     '        ^      "      p 

ers     Rich     is      fill'd      th'e    -  the   -  real 
vent     To     his  throne      of      boun-teous 


balm  -  y  breath     of         flow 
song,  shalt  rise     most        f er 


■0-  -»■         -0-         y 


BOOK   II. — THREE-PART  SONG. 


75 


rt-.br. 

s ^ 

\=\  J  /    r  -fa 

1   r-   1    '!■    .fa 

space, 
grace, 

9    J 

And  the 
And  pro   - 

> 

birds 
claim 

^    D    5 

from    all    the 
his  faith -ful 



bow-ers,    Light -ly 

ser  -vant.     To      the 

,         cres. 

K K— 

^;^=A= 

^ 

N    S    N N Ps N— 

And  the  birds  from  all  the 
And  proclaim  his  f  aith-f  ul 


bow  -  ers, 
ser  -   vant. 


^ 


i=i 


I 


v=f==UT'^n^-~^=^ 


wing  their  star-ward  race,      Light -ly 
end      of  time   and    space.     To      the 

/     . 


wmg    their  star  -  ward  race, 
end       of  time     and    space. 


i==?=it 


fe^ 


I 


■0—r 


r=3 


Therefore  praise  in  exultation, 

Him  alone  in  whom  I  trust ; 
Him  who  for  my  soul's  salvation 

Raised  me  from  the  lifeless  dust ; 
Sing,  then.  Holy,  Holy  ever. 

To  my  glorious  Lord  above; 
While  I  live  my  voice  shall  never 

Cease  to  praise  his  endless  love. 


t 


J 


SENTENCE. 


ft 


I 


F^ 


^- 


Kind        shep    -    herds      now 


the 


r 

glad 


I  I 

news     bring. 


rt 


I 


§25 


^ 


-4r 


76 


NEW   THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC   KEADER. 


ON  THE  LAUGHING  WAVE. 

NEAPOLITAN  SONG. 


Words  by  permission. 


Arr. 


G.  F.  Wilson. 


^ 


:&: 


^ 


% 


t 


:t--3t 


f=r 


■r— r 


t^tt 


V      v       ^    \        \       \        ^ 

1.  Come,  now,      and  haste      a  -  way,    For    winds      are      blow-ing, 

2.  Why  should     we    wait     for  stars     To      shine    more      bright-ly? 


lii 


t 


t 


3=i=J? 


^ 


r^ 


^—4 


te^ 


i 


* 


^ 


j  jiij  J.  J 


#-^ 


f="T=f 


And  bring     the  cheerful  heart    with  friend-ship  glow-ing.     Up  -  on      the 
Why  should  we    wait  for  winds   To   blow  more  light  -  ly  ?  The  stars  and 


%■ 


^ 


^ 


r=rt 


t 


-m^^ 


^F^ 


mM 


# 


w 


r™- 


peace-f  ul  lake   The  moon      is    beam-ing,With  calm     and  plac  -  id  light 
plac  -  id  moon  Are  now       u  -  nit  -  ing    To      call      us      to  the  lake, 


i 


f- 


t 


t 


^=^ 


^ir*-*- 


^^Smk 


^         Ny       -V—    K         ^         ^    I       1^         1^  1^ 


-h h l-r- 


-^— N 


S^    d     ^ 


i=^ 


r  r  r 


•   /   \^      V      \j      \J     ^      V        V      V      V      V 
la  la  la  la  la  la   la  la   la  la  la  la 


I 


The  stars  are    gleaming,  When    o'er        the  gen  -  tie  wave 

Which  looks  in  -   vit  -  ing.  They    speak      in  si  -  lent  tones. 


% 


1=4 


'zX — -1.  '    d- 


=t=t 


t 


Soli. 


^^^ 


BOOK   II. —  THREE-PART  SONG. 


77 


lA^^t^=t       H- 

:T3.j^-j^£z^ 

—- — d — ^ — ^ — ^ — J — 

la    la     la     la    la     la      la    la    la    la    la  la 

Our        bark          is             bound-  ing, 
And        yet          call            tru   -    ly, 

U      U'      U'      u^      U'      U* 
la    la    la    la   la    la 

The      tones    of 
And      urge      us 

^ — 1 — r^ — "F=T- 

r ' «'    J    i  -^ 

i5  ^ 

^■QP^ 

p  \    p  -  p     n     j^     p   ~pi    p      r      p   ~r — r — Tl 
futf — r    I      1^    T    L  '   r     h— ^ — ^ — f» — M 


i=it 


'^     '^     ^     '^     '^     '^     'yi*    ''»^    'f/    '^    ')^    '^      '^     '"^    ^    \j    \j    \j 
la    la     la     la     la    la    la    la    la    la    la  la     la    la    la   la    la    la 


mu  -  sic  sweet 
on     our  bark 


Shall      then 
Which    sails 


be  sound  -  ing. 
so     gai    -    ly. 


P 


^ 


^ 


^-^-^-J 

^^-^ , 

pJ    J     1   , 

\  r^,   1     1 

W  \    r   f- 

^^rf  ^ 

__i_^ 

i5iH-^ — 

w — ■ — 1 — 1 — ' 

Come,  then,  ah  I 
la        la      la 

^^ -■ Y- 

H? — H^ ' 

come    a  -  way, 
la      la  ■  la      la 

IS             k 

H — \ — r^ 

And  ban  -  ish 
la       la      la 

sad  -   ness; 
la  la    la    la 

IP    J      J      ^ 

— f^ — fen — 

h-=^^=^ 

v-j^—^ — ^— ^— ' 

iJXn 


m 


A 


-I— I 


J^ 


I 


li — # 


L/  l;  L/^ 


-# — i&- 


F 


m 


* 


For        on        the      laugh-ing  wave.     We'll    sail    with    glad  -  ness. 


5 


I       I 


-rjj'  i  i.  f^ 


I 


78 


NEW   THIRD   NATIONAL   MUSIC    READER. 


From  the  French,  -f- 

ANDANTE. 

N 


PLY  WITH  ME. 


Mendelssohn. 


i^ 


^m 


m^ 


5 


I 


1.  The  leaves,     a  -  las!     are       fall  -    ing,    Poor     swal  -  low,  see !     the 

2.  Like  thee,  would  I        be        fly    -  ing, —  I       can  -  not  live    with- 

3.  From  blight  -  ed  mead  -  ows,     chill  -  ing.    Thou  spread  -  est  now    thy 


:^: 


jfe 


±: 


^=-?=^ 
L^^ 


0—^ 


^m 


f 


I-JL 


m 


t- 


f=F^Ft 


I 


birds  are  fled  ;  I  hear  thy  plain  -  tive  call  -  ing ;  Oh,  come  and 
out  the  sun ;  For  soft  -  er  skies  I  'm  sigh  -  ing, —  Oh,  fly  with 
wings  for  flight ;   My    wea  -  ry    soul      is        will-  ing, — Fain  would  I 


ip-- 


? 


^— 


^ 


^=^ 


f^  1   /l 

r^ — ^-^ 

f^p-N       /       ^          ^ 

(1  &  2)  Oh, 
i_    ,           (3)  To, 

M-^ T- 

^       i    if 

-r—i — f — r—~r-~ 

-f—^m -2 ir- 

^V         m           f 

■  *■■ -  r       r 

f          F      -     \          1              \j 

.s. W         0        ■    ^..-- 

rest    thy    wea  -  ry  head,        I     hear    thy  plaint  -  ive     call  -    ing, 
me,  thou  lone  -  ly    one !      For   soft  -  er    skies     I  'm    sigh  -    ing, — 
rise     to     realms  of    light ;     My   we^,  -  ry    soul        is      will  -    ing, 

n  11                                           -" 

y_  tt 

k. 

^5           1              N 

-i -j^^- 

■^ ^J jJ J ^ 

_j — ^- ^ 

^  i   V 

\-^ M—£ 1 

LX^*^— J 1 

(1)  fly 

(2)  fly 

(3)  fly 


with    me,      for     Sum-mer's     dead. 

with    me,     for     Sum-mer's     done. 

to    heav'n-ly       realms  of     light. 


i 


^*-^ 


m 


^m 


t=^ 


Oh, 


-d? 


f-rt-i? 


I 


fly  with  me, 
Oh,  fly  with  me. 
To    fly      to  heav'n, 


Oh,  fly,     for  Sum-mer's     dead 
Oh,  fly,     for  Sum-mer's     done  ! 
To    fly      to  realms  of        light. 


I^ 


*s 


-^ — ^ 


I 


APPENDIX  A. 


TEACHING  TIME,  WITH  THE  ADDITIOIST  OF 
THE    TIME -NAMES. 


CHAPTER  I. 


SECTION"  I.  —Double  or  Two-Part  Measure. 
First.     The  pupils  are  to  be  taught  double  time  in  the  ordinary  manner, 
with  the  names  of  the  beats  (Down  and  Up),  accenting  the  down  beat. 

Second.  While  beating  time,  the  pupils,  instead  of  saying  Down-leat,  are  to 
say  Ta  (a  as  in  father)  ;  and  instead  of  saying  Up-beat^  they  are  to  say  Ta  (a  as 
in  fate). 

Example  1, 

I  J      n   j      j   I  j ^r4-^ — M 


Down,        Up, 
Ta         Ta 


D. 

Ta 


U. 
Ta 


D. 
Ta 


U. 
Ta 


D. 

Ta 


U. 
Ta 


Where  a  sound  lasts  two  beats,  the  vowel  is  changed  with  the  Up-beat;  as  in 

Example  2. 

I  J  n^  N  -'Ml 

Ta       Ta        Ta-a         Ta      Ta        Ta-a. 
Example  3. 
At  rests,  the  names  are  to  be  uttered  in  a  soft,  distinct  whisper. 

I  i  n^  i\^  n^  I  \ 

Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta        Ta      Ta        Ta       Ta. 

Example  4. 
Commencing  with  the  Up-beat. 


Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta       Ta 


SECTION  II.  —  Triple  or  Three-Part  Measure. 

The  beats  in  Triple  Measure  are  Down,  Left,  and  Up.  The  Down-beat  is 
accented,  and  the  Left-  and  Up-beats  are  unaccented.  Some  theorists  say  the 
Up-beat  is  slightly  accented. 

The  Time-names  are  Td,  Ta,  and  Te  (e  as  in  me.) 


80  NEW   THIRD   NATIONAL  MUSIC   READER. 

Example  6. 

3     J       J       J    i  J       J       J     I   J        J       j    I  J       j 

^    Down,    Left,      Up»       D.  L.        U.  D.         L.         U.  D.   L.  U. 

Ta        Ta      T5      Ta        Ta     Te        Ta      Ta      Te        Ta-a  Te 

Example  6. 

Commencing  with  the  Up-beat. 

*      Te      Ta       Ta      Te        Ta-a    Te      Ta       Ta      Te        Ta-a 

Example  7. 
Sounds  three  beats  long,  in  three-four  time. 

f-J     J     J   I  J.     I  J     J     J   I  J.    I 

^     Ta       Ta       Te        Ta-a-e      Ta      Ta       Te      Ta-a-e 


SECTION  ni.  —  Quadruple  or  Four-Part  Measure. 
The  beats  in  quadruple  time  are  Down,  Left,  Right,  and  Up.    Accented  upon 
the  Down  and  Right  beats.     The  time-names  are  Ta,  Ta,  Te,  Te  (e  as  in  met). 

Example  8. 

|JJJJ|J     J|JJJJ|J-| 

Down,    Left,   Right,    Up,     D.   L.    R.    U.       D.        L.        R.       U.  D.  L.    R.    U. 

Ta      Ta      Te      Te    Ta-a  Te-g      Ta     Ta     Te    Tg      Ta-a  Te-g. 

Example  9. 
Commencing  with  the  Up-beat. 

I   J   |J     J     J     J   |J.      J    I    J     J     J     J  M     t:| 

^  Te  Ta  Ta  Te  Te   Ta-a-e  Te   Ta  Ta  Te  Te   Ta-a  Tg 


SECTIOI?'  IV. —  Triple  time :  Three  Eighth-Notes  in  a  Measure, 
Example  10. 

a  /  /  /ij   /|/  /  /ij  ,1 

■**"    Ta      Ta    Te    Ta-a  Te    Ta    Ta     Te    Ta-a  Tg 

Example  11. 
Commencing  with  the  Up-beat. 

3      /   1^/     /   IJ        j-   |/     /     j^   IJ      ;| 
^     Te      Ta    Ta      Te      Ta-a  Te     Ta     Ta    Te      Ta-a 


APPEl^-DIX  A  — TIME-N^AMES.  81 

Quadruple  Time.  —  Four  Eighth-Notes  in  a  Measure, 
Example  13. 

a  /  ^  /  /IJ   ;'  /[/  /  /  /ij.   A 

^     Ta    Ta      Te     Te    Ta-a  Te    Te    Ta    Ta      Te     Te    Ta-a-e  n 


SECTION  V. 
The  other  kinds  of  measures,  such  as  J  J  g  and  "^g^  are  to  be  regarded  as 
two,  three  or  four  three-part  measures.      They  are  sometimes  called  compound 
measures  ;  and  are  to  be  reduced  to  the  simple  measures  from  which  they  are 
derived,  and  named  as  simple  measures. 

Four  Three-Four  Measures. 
Example  13. 

J  J  J  M  I  M  ^  M^  n 

Ta      Ta       Te        Ta-a     Te         Ta       Ta       Te        Ta-a  Te 
Two  4-  measures  put  together  produce  one  -¥-  measure,  as  in 

Example  14. 

^^      Ta      Ta       Te       Ta-a    Te      Ta       Ta       Te       Ta-a    Te 

There  are  three  different  ways  of  beating  six-part  measure: — i^^rsf,  Down, 
Left,  Up,  twice.  Second,  the  j&rst  half  with  the  Down-oeat,  and  the  second  half 
with  the  Up-beat.  Third,  with  six  beats  when  the  time  moves  slowly,  viz.  Down, 
Down,  Left ;  Right,  Up,  Up. 

The  second  way,  that  of  two  beats,  is  generally  the  most  natural. 
Four  Measures  in  Three-Eight  Time. 
Example  15. 

3  /  ;  /  [J    /  i;-  ;^jMj    n 

°     Ta      Ta      Te     Ta-a  Te      Ta     Ta     Te      Ta-a  Te. 

The  above  made  into  Six-Eight  Measure, 

Example  16. 

|_j^/   /  ij     /  [/   /   ^  ij     /| 

^     Ta      Ta     Te      Ta-a  Te      Ta    Ta      Te     Ta-a  Te. 

Three-Eight  Time  made  into  Nine-Eight  Time. 

Example  17. 

^    Ta  Ta  Te  Ta  Ta  Te  Ta-a  Te  Ta  Ta  Te  Ta  Ta  Te  Ta-a  Te. 


82  NEW  THIRD   NATIOI^AL  MUSIC   READER. 

The  same  in  Nine-Eight  Time. 
Example  18. 

^    Ta    Ta  Te     Ta    Ta  Te    Ta-a   Te     Ta   Ta   Te     Tii    Ta  Te    Ta-a  Te 

There  are  two  ways  of  beating  the  time  in  ■§-  measure  :  —  First,  Down,  Left, 
Up,  three  times.  Second,  with  three  beats,  Down,  Left,  and  Up.  (Three 
eighth-notes  to  each  beat.) 

If  the  laws  of  accent  be  developed  carefully,  so  the  pupils  understand  them 
perfectly  in  Double  and  Triple  time,  they  will  spontaneously  manifest  them 
selves  in  all  the  varieties  of  compound  time,  and  in  all  the  subdivisions  of 
measures:  if  they  are  treated  practically,  and  not  talked  about  too  much. 


CHAPTER  IL 

Two  Sounds  of  Equal  Length  in  Each  Part  of  the  Measure. 

SECTION  l.^Two-Part  Time. 

When  there  are  two  sounds  of  equal  length  in  each  part  of  the  measure,  in 
two-part  time,  the  time-names  are,  Ta,  fa,  Ta,  fa. 

Example  19. 

^   Ta      fa      Ta      fa      Ta    fa      Ta        Ta      fa      Ta      fa      Ta       Ta 

Example  20. 
Commencing  after  the  Up-beat,  or  on  fa 

^    fa      Ta      fa      Ta       fa     Ta       Ta      fa      Ta      fa      Ta      fa     Ta     Ta 

Lead  the  pupils  to  observe  that,  in  examples  19  and  20,  Ta  and  Ta  come  with 
the  beats,  and  that  fa  and  fa  come  after  the  beats. 

The  Dotted  Quarter-Note. 
Example  21. 

^    fa      Ta     fa      Ta      fa      Ta-a    fa      Ta     fa      Ta      fa      Ta      Ta 

Lead  the  pupils  to  see,  in  this  example,  that  the  dotted  quarter-note  is  sounded 
during  the  two  beats.  That  the  eighth-note  after  the  dotted  quarter  is  sounded 
ajier  the  Up-beat. 


APPEITDIX.  A  —  TIME-XAMES.  83 

SECTION  11.— Triple  Time. 
Example  22. 

a;  /  /  ^  ^  /|j    /  /  J  |j   J   ^  /U    J   I 

^  Ta  fa    Ta    fa     Te    fe      Ta     Ta  fa     Te      Ta  Ta  Te    fe    Ta-a    Te 

Example  23. 
Commencing  with  the  Up-beat,  or  Te,  fe. 

3    /    /|j.   /  /  /U     /  /Ij      /  /  /  /U    :| 

Te      fe      Ta-a  fa     Te  fe       Ta-a  Te   fe      Ta      Ta  fa     Te    fe       Tii-a 

To  commence  promptly,  the  pupils  must  have  the  first  two  notes  in  mind,  so 
as  to  begin  with  the  Up-beat. 

Example  24. 
Commencing  after  the  Left-beat,  or  with  fa,  Te,  fe. 

I  /  /  /|/  /  /  /  /  /g.  /  /  j4j   ;^:| 

fa    Te  fe      Ta    fa     Ta    fa    Te   fe      Ta-a    fa    Te   fe      Ta      Ta 


SECTION  III.  —  Quadruple,  or  Four-Part  Measure, 
Example  25. 

4   /  /  /__/_/  /  ^j-lj    /  v_;_ij 

Ta       fa      Ta      fa      Te      fe       Te      fe       Ta      Ta      fa      Te       Te 

Example  26. 
Commencing  with  Te,  fe. 

I     /    /  |J.      /J       J    |j^^— .^^    J    :| 

Te      fe       Ta-a    fa      Te        Te      Ta      fa      Ta      fa      Te 
Example  27. 
Commencing  after  the  Up-beat,  or  on  fe. 

^      fe       Ta      Ta     fa      Te      TS  fe      Ta     fa      Ta    fa       Te     Te 


CHAPTER  TIL 

SECTION  I. —  Four  Sounds  of  Equal  Length  in  Each  Part  of  the  Measure, 

Double  Time. 

When  there  are  four  sounds  of  equal  length  in  each  part  of  the  measure  in 
Double  Time,  they  are  named,  Ta,  za,  fa,  na,  Ta,  za,  fa,  na. 


84 


NEW   THIRD    iq^ATIOIfAL   MUSIC   READER. 
Example  28. 


?       .P^S- 


4 


-0 — # — €- 


34rs-^ 


Ta  za  fa  na  Ta  za  fa  na    Ta  fa   na  Ta 
Dotted  Eighth-Notes. 
Example  29. 

Ta-a-anaTa  fa    Ta   fa     Ta      Ta-ara  na  Ta  f a     Ta     Ta 
Triple  Time. 
Example  30. 

Ta  za  fa  na  Ta  za  fa  na  Te  ze  f e  ne     Ta     Ta  fa    Te 
Example  31. 

Ta-a-a  na  Ta  za  fa  na  Te       Ta  fa  Ta  fa  Te  f e  Ta-a-a  na  Ta    Te 
Quadruple  time. 
Example  32. 


Ta  za  fa  na  Ta  za  fa  na  Te  ze  f e  ne   Te  ze  f e  ne     Ta     Ta  fa     Te      Te 

Example  33. 


Ta-a-a  na  Ta- 


■a-a  na  Te    f  e    Te    f  e   Ta-a-a  na  Ta-a-a  na  Te      Te 


CHAPTER  IV. 
SECTION  I. — Triplets:  Three  Sounds  of  Equal  Length  in  Each  Part  of  the  Measure. 
Triplets  are  usually  marked  with  a  figure  8  over  or  under  them,  thus :  — 

When  there  are  three  sounds  of  equal  length  in  each  part  of  a  measure,  in 
Double  Time,  they  are  named,  Ta,  ra,  la,  Ta,  ra,  la. 

Example  34. 


Ta    ra    la    Ta    ra    la     Ta  ra    la     Ta 


APPENDIX.  A  —  TIME   NAMES. 


85 


Triple  Time, 
Example  36. 


Ta    ra    la     Ta    ra    la     Te     re     le     Ta    ra    la     Ta    ra    la     Te 
Quadruple  Time. 
Example  36. 


Ta  ra   la   Ta  ra  la   Te  re    le  Te  re    le     Ta   Ta  ra  la  Te   re    le  Te 


SECTIOiT  II. — Sextolets,  or  Subdivisions  of  Triplets. 

The  triplet  is  rarely  subdivided.  In  this  respect  it  differs  from  compound 
time.  It  is  sometimes  found  subdivided  in  the  more  difficult  forms  of  rhythm. 
Below  are  the  Time-Names  of  one  subdivision  of  triplets,  in  which  there  are 
six  sounds  of  equal  length  to  each  beat. 

Example  37. 


Ta  fa   ra  fa  la  fa  Ta  fa  ra  fa  la  fa 


Farther  subdivisons  of  triplets  are  exceptional,  and  quite  outside  of  rhythmical 
feeling.  This  is  as  far  as  we  deem  it  necessary  to  provide  time-names  in  popular 
music. 


Electrotyped  by  J.  F.  Loughlin,  20  Hawley  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


THE  NATIONAL  MUSIC  COURSE 

To  place  vocal  music  on  the  same  footing  as  the  regular  school  studies,  and 
enable  the  class  teachers  to  give  successful  instruction  in  music,  as  in  geog- 
raphy and  arithmetic,  under  competent  direction. 

IT  HAS  SUCCEBOEO 

Fully,  as  the  list  of  places  using  it  proves.  The  testimony  of  teachers, 
superintendents,  and  musicians  is  unmistakable  evidence  of  its  excellence 
and  superiority. 

"  If  there  is  any  argument  In  pure  merit,  the  National  should  head  the  list  of  music 
courses.  .  .  .  Very  rarely  is  as  much  genius,  study,  and  research  devoted  to  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  series  of  books  as  has  been  given  by  Professor  Mason  to  the  National  Course. 
The  books  stand  the  severest  tests  of  time  and  use."  —  T.  E.  Hazell,  Special  Teacher 
of  Musky  New  York  City. 


MORE 

THAN 

ANY 

OTHER 


endorsed  by  wide  use  and  satisfactory  results, 
approved  by  musical  authorities  here  and  abroad, 
recommended  on  a  careful  examination  of  its  merits, 
enjoyed  by  the  teachers  who  teach  and  the  children  who  study  it. 


SOME   POINTS   OF   EXCELLENCE. 

1.  It  is  based  on  the  fundamental  principles  of  education. 

2.  It  combines  the  best  musical  theory  with  the  best  methods  of  teaching,  analogous 
to  those  followed  in  other  branches  of  school  study,  particularly  the  teaching  of  language. 

3.  The  instruction  is  comprehensive  and  thorough,  systematically  and  progressively 
developed  from  the  lowest  grades  to  the  highest,  and  fitted  to  the  school-room  and  the 
usual  course  of  study. 

4.  The  best  composers  are  represented,  and  the  best  song-writers. 

5.  The  music  is  taking  and  interesting  to  children;  it  wears  well,  and  does  not  grow 
stale. 

6.  The  literature  is  appropriate,  dignified,  and  improving. 

7.  It  presents  the  fruit  of  the  best  musical  study  and  experience  in  all  countries. 

8.  It  is  endorsed  by  long  and  wide  use,  in  America  and  in  foreign  countries. 

9.  It  is  endorsed  by  practical  teachers  of  school  music,  by  superintendents,  by  class 
teachers,  and  by  musical  experts. 

ID.  Those  who  have  most  thoroughly  studied  the  System  are  most  firmly  convinced  of 
its  excellence  and  its  superiority. 

11.  Thoroughly  tested  under  most  varied  conditions,  it  is  beyond  the  period  of 
experiment. 

12.  It  is  fresh  and  abreast  of  the  times,  and  will  always  be  kept  in  line  with  the  newest 
approved  thought. 

13.  It  exerts  a  strong  influence  toward  the  good  order  of  the  school  and  the  refinement 
of  the  pupils. 

14.  It  not  only  appeals  to  the  musical  children,  but  awakens  and  develops  the  un- 
musical. 

15.  It  requires  but  little  time,  is  not  expensive,  and  can  certainly  be  handled  by  the 
regular  teachers  under  proper  supervision. 

16.  Properly  taught,  it  is  sure  to  produce  the  desired  result. 


OINN  &  COMPANY,   Publishers, 

Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago, 


ei2ASSIGS  FOR  GRIbDREN. 


Introduction 

FIRST    READER.  Prices. 

Wiltsis  Stories  for  Kindergartens  and  Primary  Pages.     Boards.  Cloth, 

Schools 75  ;^.25  ~~ 

Turner's  Primer  and  First  Reader    ....  122  .20  — 

SECOND    READER. 

Turner's  Stories  for  Young  Children .     ,    ,     ,  90  .20  — 

THIRD    READER. 

♦Hans  Andersen's  Fairy  Tales.    First  Series .  280  .40  $o.yy 

♦Ruskin's  King  of  the  Golden  River  ...  54  .20  .25 

^Hall's  Our  World,    No.  I I19  .50  — 

♦.^sop's  Fables  ' 204  .35  .50 

FOURTH    READER. 

*  Those  Dreadful  Mouse  Boys 262  .50  .80 

*Hale's  Little  Flower  People 85  —  .40 

Twilight  Thoughts 104  —  .40 

♦Kingsley's  Water-Babies 204  .35  .50 

Robinson  Crusoe 263  .35  .50 

"* Moore's  Pilgrims  and  Puritans 197  —  .60 

♦The  Swiss  Family  Robinson 364  .40  .50 

♦Hans  Andersen's  Fairy  Tales.     2d  Series    .  352  .40  .50 

Kingsley's  Greek  Heroes 168  .35  .50 

♦Martineau's  The  Peasant  and  the  Prince.  212  .35  .50 

UPPER    GRAMMAR    AND    HIGH    SCHOOL    GRADES. 

Irving's  Sketch-Book 126  ,25  .35 

Gulliver's  Travels 171  .30  .40 

Stories  of  the  Old  World 354  .40  .50 

Lamb's  Tales  from  Shakespeare     ....  320  .40  .50 

Adventures  of  Ulysses 109  .25  .35 

Merchant  of  Venice 115  .25  .40 

Johnson's  Rasselas 157  .30  .40 

♦Plutarch's  Lives 347  .40  .50 

*  Hall's   Our  World.     No.  2 176  1.50  — 

Vicar  of  Wakefield 238  .30  .50 

♦Franklin 311  .40  .50 

Washington  and  his  Country 654  .75  i.oo 

Selections  from  Ruskin 173  .30  .40 

'■'Arabian  Nights 366  .40  .50 

Scott's  Tales  of  a  Grandfather    ....  286  .40  .50 

Lay  of  the  Last  Minstrel     ...  150  .30  .40 

Lady  of  the  Lake 268  .35  .50 

Talisman 454  .50  .60 

Quentin  Durward 312  .40  .50 

Guy  Mannering 525  .60  .75 

Ivanhoe 554  -60  .75 

Rob  Roy 507  .60  .75 

Pom  Brown  at  Rugby —  —  — 

•  Illustrated.     Books  in  Italics  do  not  belong  to  the  series  of  Classics  for  Children. 


14  DAY  USE              in 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWEt) 

EDUCATION-PSYCHOLOGY 
LIBRARY 

TEL.  NO.  642-4209 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 

DEC  14  1972 

DEC  1 2  REC'O  -2  PM 

LrD  21A-15m-ll,'72                                General  Library 
(Q5761S10)476 — A-32                   University  of  California 

Berkeley 

YB  35640 


M118274 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


THE 


National  Music  Course. 


LUTHEE  WHITINa  MASON,  formerly  Supervisor  of  Music,  Boston,  anc 
recently  Director  of  Music,  Japan ;  JULIUS  EICHBERQ,  Director 
of  Music,  Boston ;  ^nd  J.  B.  SHARLAND,  Supervisor 
of  Music,  Boston. 

FIRST  AWARDS  AT  THE  UNIVERSAL  EXPOSITIONS 

OF 

VIENNA,   i873  PARIS,   1878. 

PHILADELPHIA.   1876.  NEW  ORLEANS,   1885 

More  than  any  other  approved  by  musical  autliorities  liere 

and  abroad. 
More  than  any  other  endorsed  by  wide  use  and  satisfactory 

results. 
More  than  any  other  recommended  on  a  careful  examina- 
tion of  its  merits. 
More  than  any  other  enjoyed   by  th.e   teachers  wlio   teach 
and  tlie  children  who  study  it. 


THE  NEW  SERIES  IS  NOW  READY, 

New  First  Reader^  New  Second  Reader ^  New  Third  Reader^ 

Independent  Reader y  Abridged  Fourth  Reader t 

Nezv  High  School  Reader. 

New  First,  New  Second,  and  New  Third  Series  of  Charts. 

The  new  books  and  charts  retain  the  best  features  of  the  old, 
-,ad  add  the  fruits  of  further  experience  and  study. 

SEND  FOR  CIRCULARS  AND  INFORMATION. 


GINN   &   COMPANY,    Publishers, 

BOSTOIf.  >'EW  YORK,  AND  CHIOAGO. 


